WO2021225112A1 - Packaging machine - Google Patents

Packaging machine Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2021225112A1
WO2021225112A1 PCT/JP2021/017157 JP2021017157W WO2021225112A1 WO 2021225112 A1 WO2021225112 A1 WO 2021225112A1 JP 2021017157 W JP2021017157 W JP 2021017157W WO 2021225112 A1 WO2021225112 A1 WO 2021225112A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
film
pack
container
unit
packaging
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/JP2021/017157
Other languages
French (fr)
Japanese (ja)
Inventor
茂 大浦
英輝 鳥飼
顕政 松本
Original Assignee
マルホ発條工業株式会社
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by マルホ発條工業株式会社 filed Critical マルホ発條工業株式会社
Priority to JP2021553848A priority Critical patent/JP7011105B1/en
Publication of WO2021225112A1 publication Critical patent/WO2021225112A1/en

Links

Images

Classifications

    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B65CONVEYING; PACKING; STORING; HANDLING THIN OR FILAMENTARY MATERIAL
    • B65BMACHINES, APPARATUS OR DEVICES FOR, OR METHODS OF, PACKAGING ARTICLES OR MATERIALS; UNPACKING
    • B65B39/00Nozzles, funnels or guides for introducing articles or materials into containers or wrappers
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B65CONVEYING; PACKING; STORING; HANDLING THIN OR FILAMENTARY MATERIAL
    • B65BMACHINES, APPARATUS OR DEVICES FOR, OR METHODS OF, PACKAGING ARTICLES OR MATERIALS; UNPACKING
    • B65B61/00Auxiliary devices, not otherwise provided for, for operating on sheets, blanks, webs, binding material, containers or packages
    • B65B61/04Auxiliary devices, not otherwise provided for, for operating on sheets, blanks, webs, binding material, containers or packages for severing webs, or for separating joined packages

Definitions

  • the present invention relates to a packaging machine.
  • the work charged in the hopper is filled in a plurality of filling holes provided in the table, the table is moved to accommodate the work dropped from the filling holes between the two films, and the periphery thereof is bonded and sealed.
  • a packaging device has been proposed (see, for example, Patent Document 1).
  • the present invention has been made in view of the above reasons, and an object of the present invention is to provide a packaging machine capable of improving the production efficiency of a packaging pack.
  • the packaging machine for manufacturing a packaging pack having a container film in which a pocket for accommodating a work is formed and a cover film attached to the container film so as to close the pocket.
  • a raw material film supply unit that supplies a strip-shaped raw material film that is the basis of the container film
  • a molding apparatus that produces a strip-shaped container film by molding the pocket on the raw material film supplied from the raw material film supply unit.
  • a work supply device that supplies work to the pocket and A cover film supply unit that supplies the strip-shaped cover film, and A sealing device for producing a pack film in which the pocket is sealed with the cover film by attaching the cover film to the container film while the work is housed in the pocket of the container film.
  • a punching device for punching the packaging pack from the pack film is provided.
  • the punching device is The base and the punching cutter for punching the packaging pack from the pack film, which is erected on the side where the pack film is arranged in the base, and the portion downstream of the portion of the pack film where the punching cutter faces each other. It has a head having a scrap cutting cutter for cutting scrap generated by punching the packaging pack from the pack film, and a tip portion of the scrap cutting cutter. , It extends from the tip of the punching cutter to the side opposite to the base side.
  • the head When the portion of the pack film facing the punching cutter is a non-defective product, the head is moved from the standby position where the punching cutter and the scrap cutting cutter do not come into contact with the pack film to the tip of the punching cutter and the tip of the punching cutter.
  • the tip of the scrap cutting cutter By moving the tip of the scrap cutting cutter to a first position on the pack film opposite to the base side, the packaging pack is punched from the pack film and the scrap is cut.
  • the tip of the punching cutter does not come into contact with the pack film from the standby position, and the tip of the scrap cutting cutter is placed. The scrap is cut by moving the portion to a second position on the pack film opposite to the base side.
  • the punching device has a punching cutter and a scrap cutting cutter erected on the base, and the tip of the scrap cutting cutter is opposite to the base side of the tip of the punching cutter. It extends to the side. Then, when the portion of the pack film facing the punching cutter is a non-defective product, the punching device punches the packaging pack from the pack film and cuts the scrap by moving the head from the above-mentioned standby position to the first position. do. On the other hand, when the portion of the pack film facing the punching cutter is defective, the punching device cuts the scrap by moving the head from the standby position to the above-mentioned second position. This eliminates the need for a step of sorting the packaging pack into a non-defective product and a defective product after punching the packaging pack from the pack film, so that the production efficiency of the packaging pack in the packaging machine can be improved accordingly.
  • FIG. 1 It is a schematic front view of the packaging machine which concerns on embodiment of this invention. It is a figure which shows the state which the raw material film is pulled out to the downstream side about the buffer part which concerns on embodiment. It is a figure which shows the state which the movement of the raw material film to the downstream side has stopped about the buffer part which concerns on embodiment. It is a schematic block diagram of the heating apparatus and the molding apparatus which concerns on embodiment. It is a figure which shows the state which sandwiched the container film by the fixed chuck which concerns on embodiment. It is a figure which shows the state which sandwiched the container film by the chuck feed which concerns on embodiment. It is a figure which shows the state of transporting a container film by the chuck feed which concerns on embodiment.
  • FIG. 1 It is a perspective view of a part of the punching apparatus which concerns on embodiment. It is an operation explanatory view of the punching apparatus which concerns on embodiment, and is the figure which shows the state which the head is arranged in the 1st position. It is operation explanatory drawing of the punching apparatus which concerns on embodiment, and is the figure which shows the state which the head is arranged in the standby position. It is an operation explanatory view of the punching apparatus which concerns on embodiment, and is the figure which shows the state which the head is arranged in the 2nd position. It is operation explanatory drawing of the punching apparatus which concerns on embodiment, and is the figure which shows the state which the head is arranged in the standby position. It is operation explanatory drawing of the film position change part which concerns on embodiment.
  • FIG. 1 It is operation explanatory drawing of the punching apparatus which concerns on embodiment, and is the figure which shows the state which the head is arranged in the 1st position.
  • FIG. 5 is a cross-sectional arrow view taken along line CC of FIG. 15A at the film position changing portion according to the embodiment.
  • It is a schematic block diagram of the rotary suction and the integration apparatus which concerns on embodiment.
  • It is a top view of the sorting apparatus which concerns on embodiment.
  • It is a figure which shows the sealing device which concerns on the modification.
  • It is a partial cross-sectional view of the preheating part which concerns on the modification.
  • It is a figure which shows a part of the packaging machine which concerns on a modification.
  • It is a side view of the chuck unit which concerns on a modification.
  • It is a top view of the chuck unit which concerns on a modification.
  • It is a perspective view of a part of the punching apparatus which concerns on a modification.
  • the packaging machine according to the present embodiment is for manufacturing packaging packs such as blister packs and PTP packs.
  • the packaging pack includes a container film in which a pocket for accommodating a work is formed, and a cover film attached to the container film so as to close the pocket.
  • examples of the work include tubular containers, tablets, foods, electronic parts, medical devices, and the like.
  • the packaging machine includes a raw material film supply unit 11, a heating device 29, a molding device 12, a work supply device 50, appearance inspection devices 13 and 31, and a cover film.
  • a supply unit 15, a sealing device 14, a slit forming punching unit 17, and a rotary suction 32 are provided.
  • the packaging machine includes a stacking device 40 for accumulating packaging packs, a sorting device 60 for sorting blocks formed by accumulating packaging packs, and a pack transport device 33 for receiving packaging packs from a rotary suction 32 and transporting them to the stacking device 40. And.
  • the packaging machine includes a chuck feed 232 for conveying the raw material film F1 and the container film F2, a fixed chuck 231 and guide rollers 241 and 251 and rollers 242 and 253 for guiding the pack film F4 discharged from the sealing device 14. , A transport unit 281 that intermittently transports the pack film F4 to the downstream side. Further, the packaging machine applies tension to the slip guide 293 that regulates the displacement of the container film F2 in the width direction, the tension applying unit 291 that applies tension to the container film F2, the tension adjusting unit 292, and the pack film F4. A tension application unit 252 to be applied is provided.
  • the packaging machine includes a film position changing portion 26 for correcting a misalignment of the pack film F4 in the slit forming device 171 of the slit forming punching unit 17, which will be described later, and a printing device 27 for printing a mark on the pack film F4.
  • a collection unit (not shown) for collecting scrap discharged from the slit-forming punching unit 17 is provided.
  • the recovery unit has a mechanism for cutting and recovering the pack film F4 after the packaging pack BP has been punched into strips.
  • the packaging machine includes a collection unit (not shown) for collecting defective products of so-called packaging packs such as a packaging pack having a bad shape discharged from the rotary suction 32 or a packaging pack in which a work is not packaged.
  • the packaging machine includes a stage 70 that supports the container film F2 in a state where the work can be supplied to the pocket of the container film F2, a control device 90 that controls each device, a raw material film supply unit 11, a molding device 12, and an appearance. It includes inspection devices 13 and 31, a cover film supply unit 15, a sealing device 14, and a packaging machine main body 99 for accommodating a slit-forming punching unit 17, and the like.
  • the control device 90 is drawn on the outside of the wrapping machine main body 99 in FIG. 1 in order to clarify the drawing, it is actually installed on the back side of the wrapping machine main body 99.
  • the raw material film F1 supplied from the raw material film supply unit 11 is conveyed to the heating device 29 and the molding device 12 by the chuck feed 232.
  • the container film F2 generated from the raw material film F1 in the molding apparatus 12 is conveyed to the visual inspection apparatus 13 and the sealing apparatus 14 by the conveying portion 141 of the sealing apparatus 14 through the upper part of the stage 70. Will be done.
  • the cover film F3 supplied from the cover film supply unit 15 is conveyed to the sealing device 14 by the conveying unit 141 of the sealing device 14.
  • the sealing device 14 attaches the cover film F3 to the container film F2 to generate the pack film F4. Further, as shown by the arrow AR4, the pack film F4 generated by the sealing device 14 is conveyed to the downstream side by the conveying unit 141. On the other hand, as shown by the arrow AR5, the pack film F4 conveyed to the downstream side of the sealing device 14 is intermittently conveyed to the slit-forming punching unit 17 by the conveying section 281. Then, the slit forming punching unit 17 cuts the scrap F5 and then discharges it to the scrap collecting unit 39.
  • the raw material film supply unit 11 supplies the strip-shaped raw material film F1 that is the source of the container film F2.
  • the raw material film supply unit 11 includes reels 111 and 112 around which the raw material film F1 is wound, an automatic film bonding device 113, and a buffer unit 118. Further, the raw material film supply unit 11 includes rollers 1151, 1152, 1153 for guiding the raw material film F1 supplied from the reels 111 and 112 to the automatic film bonding device 113, holding mechanisms 1141 and 1142 for holding the raw material film F1. Has.
  • the holding mechanisms 1141 and 1142 have chucks 1141a and 1142a that hold the tip portions of the raw material films F1 supplied from the reels 111 and 112 that are kept on standby without being sent to the molding apparatus 12, respectively.
  • the raw material film supply unit 11 includes rollers 1163 and 1164 for guiding the raw material film F1 supplied from the automatic film bonding device 113 to the buffer unit 118, and a transport unit 1161 for transporting the raw material film F1 to the buffer unit 118.
  • the transport unit 1161 has a roller 1161a and a roller drive unit 1161b that drives the roller 1161a.
  • the raw material film supply unit 11 includes a roller 1165 that guides the raw material film F1 supplied from the buffer unit 118 to the heating device 29, and a transport unit 1162 that conveys the raw material film F1 to the heating device 29. Further, the raw material film supply unit 11 has a buffer unit 117 for continuing the supply of the raw material film F1 to the downstream side during the period when the supply of the raw material film F1 from the buffer unit 118 is stopped, and the buffer unit 117. It has a roller 1155 that guides the supplied raw material film F1 to the heating device 29.
  • the transport unit 1162 has a roller 1162a and a roller drive unit 1162b that drives the roller 1162a.
  • the raw material film F1 is a so-called soft film, that is, a plastic film such as a polyvinyl chloride film having a thickness of less than 0.1 mm, that is, a so-called hard film, that is, a polyvinyl chloride film having a thickness of more than 0.1 mm.
  • a plastic film such as a polyvinyl chloride film having a thickness of less than 0.1 mm, that is, a so-called hard film, that is, a polyvinyl chloride film having a thickness of more than 0.1 mm.
  • metal film such as aluminum film
  • composite film such as gas barrier film and the like.
  • the automatic film bonding device 113 detects that the raw material film F1 supplied from either one of the reels 111 or 112 has run out, the raw material film supplied from the other to the terminal portion of the raw material film F1 supplied from one of the reels 111 or 112. The tip of F1 is glued.
  • the automatic film bonding device 113 moves to the downstream side of the raw material film F1 only during the period during which the raw material film F1 supplied from the other of the reels 111 and 112 is bonded to the raw material film F1 supplied from the other. Stop the supply of.
  • the buffer unit 118 accumulates the raw material film F1 and supplies the accumulated raw material film F1 to the downstream side while the supply of the raw material film F1 from the automatic film bonding device 113 is stopped.
  • the buffer unit 114 has rollers 1181, 1182, 1183, 1184, and 1185.
  • the two rollers 1182 and 1184 are arranged side by side in a direction orthogonal to the vertical direction, and the raw material film F1 is stretched vertically above.
  • the roller 1184 feeds the raw material film F1 to the downstream side by being rotated by a driving unit (not shown).
  • rollers 1181, 1182, 1183, 1184, and 1185 At both ends of the rollers 1181, 1182, 1183, 1184, and 1185 in the direction of the rotation axis, guide portions (not shown) for regulating the meandering of the raw material film F1 are projected in the direction orthogonal to the rotation axis. It may be provided in.
  • the rollers 1181 and 1185 guide the raw material film F1 in the buffer portion 118.
  • the roller 1183 is arranged in the buffer portion 118 and is movable in the vertical direction between the two rollers 1182 and 1184. The roller 1183 contacts the raw material film F1 from above and presses it vertically downward to apply tension to the raw material film F1.
  • the position of the roller 1183 is maintained in the vicinity of the preset reference position in the buffer portion 118 while the raw material film F1 is supplied from the film automatic bonding device 113.
  • the supply of the raw material film F1 from the film automatic bonding device 113 to the buffer portion 118 is stopped.
  • the roller 1183 moves vertically upward as the raw material film F1 is conveyed from the buffer portion 118 to the downstream side. In this way, the buffer unit 118 continues to supply the raw material film F1 to the downstream side while the supply of the raw material film F1 from the automatic film bonding device 113 is stopped.
  • the buffer portion 117 contacts the portion between the rollers 1162a and 1155 of the raw material film F1 stretched between the rollers 1162a and the roller 1155 of the transport portion 1162 from above vertically and presses the raw material film vertically downward. Tension is applied to F1.
  • the buffer portion 117 includes a roller 1171 that comes into contact with the raw material film F1 from above vertically, and an arm 1172 that is long and has a roller 1171 attached to one end in the longitudinal direction. Further, the buffer portion 117 has a support portion 1173 that supports the arm 1172 at the other end portion in the longitudinal direction of the arm 1172 so that one end portion of the arm 1172 can swing around the other end portion as a base point.
  • the heating devices 29 are heat transfer plates 2901 and 2902 and heat transfer plates 2901 which are arranged to face each other on both sides in the thickness direction of the raw material film F1 and have a built-in heater (not shown). , 2902, and the drive units 2903 and 2904 that drive the heat transfer plates 2901 and 2902 in the vertical direction.
  • the heat transfer plates 2901 and 2902 are formed of, for example, a metal having a high thermal conductivity.
  • the molding apparatus 12 produces a strip-shaped container film F2 by molding the pocket Po1 on the raw material film F1.
  • the molding apparatus 12 has a first mold 123 arranged vertically above the raw material film F1 and a second mold 122 arranged vertically below the raw material film F1.
  • the second mold 122 is provided with a plug 122a having an outer shape slightly smaller than the inner shape of the pocket Po1 to be formed on the raw material film F1, and a discharge hole (not shown) for discharging gas.
  • the plug 122a is arranged inside the discharge hole and can protrude to the outside of the discharge hole.
  • the plug 122a has a built-in heater (not shown) for suppressing a temperature drop of the raw material film F1.
  • the plug 122a may not have a built-in heater.
  • the first mold 123 is provided with a recess 123a corresponding to the outer shape of the pocket Po1 to be formed in the raw material film F1.
  • the molding apparatus 12 includes a drive unit 124 that drives the first mold 123 in the vertical direction, a drive unit 125 that drives the plug 122a in the vertical direction, and a gas supply unit (not shown) that supplies gas. It has a drive unit 124, 125 and a device main body 121 that supports a gas supply unit.
  • the gas supply unit is connected to, for example, a compressor (not shown) provided in a factory where the molding apparatus 12 is installed, and supplies gas to the discharge hole of the second mold 122.
  • the first mold 123 and the second mold 122 may be appropriately changed depending on the depth of the pocket Po1 of the container film F2 to be produced and the area of the opening portion.
  • the molding apparatus 12 moves the first mold 123 vertically downward and presses the raw material film F1 against the second mold 122 by the first mold 123 in a state where the raw material film F1 is arranged in the molding apparatus 12. As a result, the outer peripheral portion of the pocket Po1 in the raw material film F1 is in a state of being clamped by the first mold 123 and the second mold 122. Then, the molding apparatus 12 extends the raw material film F1 by projecting the plug 122a of the first mold 123 vertically upward by the amount of protrusion corresponding to the depth of the pocket Po1 to be molded. The amount of protrusion of the plug at this time may be appropriately adjusted according to the wall thickness distribution required for the pocket Po1 to be generated. Then, the molding apparatus 12 generates the container film F2 having the pocket Po1 by discharging the gas from the discharge hole in a state where the plug 122a is projected vertically upward.
  • the fixed chuck 231 includes a support portion 231a that supports the container film F2 from vertically below, a sandwiching portion 231b that sandwiches the container film F2 together with the support portion 231a from vertically above the container film F2, and a sandwiching portion. It has a drive unit 231c that drives the 231b in the vertical direction.
  • the chuck feed 232 is a second transport unit having a chuck 2321 that sandwiches the container film F2 and a chuck moving mechanism 2322 that moves the chuck 2321 along the feeding direction of the container film F2.
  • the chuck 2321 drives the support portion 2321a that supports the container film F2 from vertically below, the sandwiching portion 2321b that sandwiches the container film F2 together with the support portion 2321a from above the container film F2, and the sandwiching portion 2321b in the vertical direction. It has a part 2321c and.
  • the chuck feed 232 may sandwich a portion of the container film F2 over the entire width direction, or may sandwich both ends of the container film F2 in the width direction. Alternatively, the chuck feed 232 may sandwich a part of the container film F2 in the width direction.
  • the operation of the chuck feed 232 will be described.
  • the molding apparatus 12 sandwiches the raw material film F1 between the first mold 123 and the second mold 122
  • the fixed chuck 231 sandwiches the container film F2 as shown by the arrow AR21 in FIG. 4A.
  • the chuck 2321 of the chuck feed 232 moves to the upstream side of the container film F2 as shown by the arrow AR22 in FIG. 4A.
  • the chuck 2321 of the chuck feed 232 sandwiches the container film F2 as shown by the arrow AR23 in FIG. 4B.
  • the fixed chuck 231 releases the pinching of the container film F2 as shown by the arrow AR24 in FIG. 4B.
  • the chuck moving mechanism 2322 of the chuck feed 232 moves the chuck 2321 to the downstream side as shown by the arrow AR25 in FIG. 4C.
  • the container film F2 is conveyed to the downstream side.
  • the fixed chuck 231 holds the container film F2 again, and the chuck 2321 of the chuck feed 232 releases the holding of the container film F2.
  • the chuck moving mechanism 2322 moves the chuck 2321 toward the upstream side of the container film F2, that is, in the direction approaching the fixed chuck 231.
  • the chuck feed 232 repeats the above-mentioned series of operations, so that the container film F2 is intermittently conveyed to the downstream side.
  • the sliding guide 293 has a curved surface 293a that is in sliding contact with the container film F2, and slidably supports the container film F2.
  • the portion of the slide guide 293 including at least the curved surface 293a is formed of a resin material such as polytetrafluoroethylene, polyethylene, polyacetal, or a metal such as stainless steel.
  • the radius of curvature of the curved surface 293a is preferably at least longer than the length of the pocket Po1 in the transport direction of the container film F2.
  • the radius of curvature is more preferably longer than the length of the container film F2 in the width direction.
  • the tension applying portion 291 comes into contact with a portion between the sliding guide 293 and the tension adjusting portion 292 in the container film F2 stretched between the sliding guide 293 and the tension adjusting portion 292 and presses vertically downward. , Tension is applied to the container film F2.
  • the tension applying portion 291 includes a roller 2911 that comes into contact with the container film F2, and an arm 2912 that is long and has a roller 2911 rotatably attached to one end in the longitudinal direction. Further, the tension application portion 291 has a support portion 2913 that supports the arm 2912 at the other end portion in the longitudinal direction of the arm 2912 so that one end portion of the arm 2912 can rotate around the other end portion as a base point.
  • the tension adjusting unit 292 includes a roller 2921 around which the container film F2 is wound, and a powder clutch brake 2922 connected to the roller 2921 via a driven member shaft (not shown).
  • the tension adjusting unit 292 adjusts the rotational torque of the roller 2921 by the powder clutch brake 2922 to adjust the tension applied to the container film F2 stretched between the roller 2921 and the conveying unit 141 of the sealing device 14.
  • the work supply device 50 puts the work into each pocket of the container film F2 in a state where the container film F2 is arranged above the stage 70.
  • the work supply device 50 includes a hopper 51, work feeders 521 and 53, a vibrating device 522 that vibrates the work feeder 521, a vibrating device 57 that vibrates the work feeder 53, and a coil chute 54.
  • a fixing member 55 fixed to the work feeder 53 and supporting the coil chute 54.
  • the work supply device 50 has a measuring unit (not shown) for measuring the total weight of the work held by the work feeder 53.
  • the vibrating device 522 vibrates the work feeder 521 to supply the work supplied from the hopper 51 to the work feeder 521 to the work feeder 53.
  • the work feeder 53 has a bottomed cylindrical shape, and holds the work inside in a state where the bottom wall 531 is arranged vertically downward, that is, in a posture of being located on the ⁇ Z direction side. Further, the work feeder 53 is provided with an opening 531a that opens from a part of the bottom wall 531 to the side wall 532.
  • the vibrating device 57 vibrates the work feeder 53 to move the work held in the work feeder 53 in the circumferential direction of the work feeder 53.
  • the vibrating device 522 vibrates the work feeder 53 independently of the vibrating device 57.
  • the vibrating device 522 vibrates the work feeder 521 to supply the work to the work feeder 53. In this way, the work supply device 50 keeps the total weight of the work held by the work feeder 53 substantially constant.
  • the coil chute 54 is for guiding the work held inside the work feeder 53 to the pocket of the container film F2.
  • the coil chute 54 is formed of a long cylindrical coil spring, and one end thereof communicates with the inside of the work feeder 53. Further, at the other end of the coil chute 54, the container film F2 is arranged above the stage 70 and is arranged at a position separated from the container film F2 pocket by a preset distance and introduced from the coil chute 54.
  • a guide portion 56 is provided to guide the work to the pocket.
  • the fixing member 55 is fixed to the opening 531a of the work feeder 53.
  • the fixing member 55 has three grooves 554, four ribs 551, and a side wall 553.
  • the four ribs 551 have a long plate shape and are provided on the + Z direction side of the fixing member 55.
  • the four ribs 551 are arranged so as to be aligned in the radial direction of the work feeder 53 so that the longitudinal direction is along the tangential direction of the peripheral edge when the work feeder 53 is viewed in a plan view.
  • the three grooves 554 extend along the longitudinal direction of the ribs 551 between the four ribs 551 of the fixing member 55, respectively.
  • the fixing member 55 is attached with a tubular connecting portion 552 whose inside communicates with the air flow path 55c provided in the fixing member 55.
  • the connecting portion 552 is connected to the air source AG, and the compressed air sent from the air source AG is introduced into the air flow path 55c through the connecting portion 552.
  • the fixing member 55 has a gas discharge portion that communicates with the air flow path 55c on one end side and opens in the through hole 55a on the other end side to discharge the air introduced into the air flow path 55c into the through hole 55a (FIG. Not shown) is provided.
  • the size of the opening portion into the through hole 55a of the gas discharge portion or the position of the opening portion is not particularly limited.
  • the gas discharge unit 55b urges the work toward the inside of the coil chute 54. Blow gas into.
  • the visual inspection device 13 is arranged on the upstream side of the sealing device 14.
  • the visual inspection device 13 includes an imaging unit 131 that images the container film F2, and a housing 132 that houses the imaging unit 131.
  • the imaging unit 131 is a second imaging unit that transmits image information obtained by imaging the container film F2 in which the work is stored in the pocket to the control device 90.
  • a three-dimensional scanning device, a laser scanning device, or the like can be adopted as the imaging unit 131.
  • the cover film supply unit 15 supplies the strip-shaped cover film F3.
  • the cover film supply unit 15 is positioned by the reel 151 around which the cover film F3 is wound, the rollers 1521, 1522, 1523 that guide the cover film F3 supplied from the reel 151 to the sealing device 14, and the tension adjusting unit 153. It has a sensor 154 and.
  • Examples of the cover film F3 include a metal film such as an aluminum film, a composite film such as a gas barrier film, and the like.
  • the tension adjusting unit 153 is for adjusting the tension of the cover film F3, and is a powder connected to the roller 1531 around which the cover film F3 is wound and the roller 1531 via a driven member shaft (not shown). It has a clutch brake 1532 and.
  • the tension adjusting unit 153 adjusts the rotational torque of the roller 1531 by the powder clutch brake 1532 to adjust the tension applied to the cover film F3 stretched between the roller 1531 and the transport unit 141 of the sealing device 14.
  • the position sensor 154 detects the amount of misalignment from the preset reference position in the transport direction of the cover film F3 by detecting the mark provided on the cover film F3. Then, the tension adjusting unit 153 adjusts the rotational torque of the roller 1531 so that the amount of misalignment from the reference position is reduced based on the amount of misalignment from the reference position detected by the position sensor 154.
  • the sealing device 14 seals the pocket Po1 by attaching the cover film F3 to the container film F2 in a state where the work is housed in the pocket Po1 of the container film F2.
  • the sealing device 14 presses the cover film F3 against the container film F2 while heating the transport portion 141 that continuously conveys the container film F2, the cover film F3, and the pack film F4 to the downstream side, and the cover film F3. It has a pressing portion 142 for attaching F3 to the container film F2.
  • the sealing device 14 has a roller 1441 that guides the cover film F3 supplied from the cover film supply unit 15 to the transport unit 141.
  • the transport portion 141 has a cylindrical wheel 141a that supports the cover film F3, a heat transfer member 141c fixed to the wheel 141a, and a long cylindrical heat transfer member at the tip. It has a support shaft 141d to which 141c is fixed, and a fixing member 141b for fixing the wheel 141a to the heat transfer member 141c. Further, the transport unit 141 includes a cooling mechanism 141g for cooling the wheel 141a fixed to the heat transfer member 141c by cooling the heat transfer member 141c, and a drive unit 141h for rotationally driving the support shaft 141d. Further, the transport portion 141 has a holding portion 141p for holding the support shaft 141d via three bearings 141m, and a fixing member 141j for fixing the holding portion 141p to the packaging machine main body 99.
  • the wheel 141a has a cylindrical portion 1411a in which a plurality of recesses 141e for hooking pockets of the container film F2 are arranged side by side on the peripheral surface, and a disk-shaped peripheral portion having a central portion in the cylindrical axial direction of the cylindrical portion 1411a. It has a support plate 1412a in which an opening 1413a is bored in a central portion thereof. Then, the drive unit 141h rotates the wheel 141a in a state where the pocket of the container film F2 is hooked on a part of the plurality of recesses 141e of the wheel 141a. As a result, the pack film F4 in which the cover film F3 is attached to the container film F2 is continuously conveyed to the downstream side of the sealing device 14.
  • the heat transfer member 141c has a main body portion 1411c formed from metal in a bottomed cylindrical shape and having a protruding portion 1414c protruding from the bottom wall in the + X direction and fitted into the opening 1413a of the wheel 141a, and from the metal to the central portion.
  • the opening 1415c is formed in a disk shape, and the peripheral portion of the opening 1415c is fixed to the support shaft 141d, and the lid portion 1412c and the lid portion 1412c covering the opening portion on the ⁇ X direction side of the main body portion 1411c are formed.
  • the outer diameter of the main body portion 1411c of the heat transfer member 141c is shorter than the inner diameter of the cylindrical portion 1411a of the wheel 141a, and a gap is formed between the side wall of the main body portion 1411c and the inner wall of the cylindrical portion 1411a. There is.
  • the fixing member 141b has a central portion protruding in the ⁇ X direction side and is attached to the opening 1413a of the support plate 1412a of the wheel 141a from the + X direction side, and the peripheral portion is fixed to the outer peripheral portion of the opening 1413a in the support plate 1412a by a screw 1413b. It has a main body portion 1411b and a mounting member 1412b for detachably attaching the main body portion 1411b to the protruding portion 1414c of the opening 1413a in the heat transfer member 141c.
  • the cooling mechanism 141g cools the heat transfer member 141c, and the wheel 141a cools by exchanging heat with the heat transfer member 141c.
  • the transport unit 9141 according to the present embodiment has a cylindrical wheel 9141a, a heat transfer member 9141c fixed to the wheel 9141a and formed with a region A9141 into which the refrigerant is introduced, a support shaft 9141d, and a wheel 141a. It has a fixing member 9141b fixed to 9141d. Further, the transport portion 9141 is cylindrical, and a flow path 9141k for supplying the refrigerant into the region A9141 is formed inside the side wall, and the heat transfer member 9141c and the support shaft 9141d are passed through the bearing 141m.
  • the transport unit 9141 rotationally drives the cooling mechanism 141g for cooling the wheel 9141a fixed to the heat transfer member 9141c by supplying the refrigerant to the region A9141 of the heat transfer member 9141c through the flow path 9141k, and the support shaft 9141d. It has a drive unit 9141h.
  • a plurality of recesses 9141e are formed on the peripheral surface of the wheel 9141a. The wheel 9141a is detachable from the heat transfer member 9141c so that it can be replaced according to the shape, size, and the like of the packaging pack BP to be manufactured.
  • a minute gap is formed between the inner wall of the wheel 9141a and the outer wall of the heat transfer member 9141c.
  • the wheel 9141a can be smoothly attached to and detached from the heat transfer member 9141c.
  • the transport unit 9141 according to the comparative example holds the wheel 9141a and the heat transfer member 9141c in a state where the container film F2 and the cover film F3 are pressed against the outer surface of the wheel 9141a by the pressing unit 142 at the time of manufacturing the packaging pack BP. Rotate.
  • the heat transfer member 9141c is bent in the rotational direction around the central axis of the support shaft 9141d of the wheel 9141a or the heat transfer member 9141c.
  • the side wall of the heat member 9141c may slide and rub relative to the inner wall of the wheel 9141a, and the side wall of the heat transfer member 9141c or the inner wall of the wheel 9141a may be damaged.
  • damage to the side wall of the heat transfer member 9141c or the inner wall of the wheel 9141a may generate abrasion powder of the materials constituting these, and may clog the gap between the inner wall of the wheel 9141a and the outer wall of the heat transfer member 9141c. ..
  • the wheel 9141a is smoothly attached / detached to / from the heat transfer member 9141c due to the abrasion powder clogged between the inner wall of the wheel 9141a and the side wall of the heat transfer member 9141c. There is a risk that it will not be possible.
  • the seal seal 9141h deteriorates over time. Need to be replaced. Therefore, the operating rate of the transport unit 9141 is lowered.
  • the length of the support shaft 141d of the side wall of the main body portion 1411c facing the inner side wall of the cylindrical portion 1411a is relatively short and the main body is relatively short.
  • a gap is formed in P141 between the side wall of the portion 1411c and the inner side wall of the cylindrical portion 1411a.
  • the transport portion 141 since the region A141 in the heat transfer member 141c is kept watertight only from the main body portion 1411c and the lid portion 1412c fixed to the support shaft 141d, a sealing seal is unnecessary. be. For this reason, it is not necessary to replace the sealing seal, and the operating rate of the transport unit 141 can be increased accordingly.
  • the pressing portion 142 is long and is transmitted to one end in the longitudinal direction with the heat transfer roller 1421 which is pressed against the container film F2 and the cover film F3 wound around the wheel 141a of the transport portion 141. It has an arm 1422 to which the thermal roller 1421 is rotatably attached. Further, the pressing portion 142 supports the arm 1422 at the other end of the arm 1422 in the longitudinal direction so that one end of the arm 1422 can swivel around the other end as a base point, and heat transfers one end of the arm 1422. It has an arm drive unit 1423 that urges the roller 1421 in a pressing direction, and a heating unit 1424 that heats the heat transfer roller 1421.
  • the heat transfer roller 1421 is made of a metal having a high thermal conductivity.
  • the sealing device 14 holds the cover film F3 on the outer periphery of the pocket of the container film F2 by sandwiching the cover film F3 between the wheel 141a of the transport portion 141 and the heat transfer roller 1421 in a state where the cover film F3 is overlapped on the container film F2. Crimping.
  • the pressing portion 142 may not include the heating portion 1424.
  • the guide rollers 241 and 251 each have wheels 241a and 251a and shafts 241b and 251b that pivotally support the wheels 241a and 251a, respectively.
  • a plurality of recesses (not shown) for hooking the pockets of the pack film F4 are arranged side by side on the wheels 241a and 251a, respectively, along the circumferential direction thereof.
  • the tension applying portion 252 contacts the portion between the guide roller 251 and the roller 253 in the pack film F4 stretched between the guide roller 251 and the roller 253 from above vertically and presses the portion vertically downward. Tension is applied to the pack film F4.
  • the tension applying portion 252 includes a roller 2521 that comes into contact with the pack film F4 from above vertically, and an arm 2522 that is long and has a roller 2521 attached to one end in the longitudinal direction. Further, the tension applying portion 252 has a support portion 2523 that supports the arm 2522 at the other end portion in the longitudinal direction of the arm 2522 so that one end portion of the arm 2522 can rotate around the other end portion as a base point.
  • the slit forming punching unit 17 has a slit forming device 171, a punching device 173, and a drive unit 172 in which the slit forming device 171 is fixed on the ⁇ Y direction side and the punching device 173 is fixed on the + Y direction side.
  • the slit forming device 171 has a die unit 1712 arranged on the ⁇ Y direction side of the pack film F4 and a head 1714 arranged on the + Y direction side of the pack film F4.
  • the head 1714 is provided with a cutter 1714a for forming a slit in the pack film F4.
  • the cutter 1714a is arranged to face a plurality of (five in FIG.
  • the head 1714 is connected to a guide rod 1716 and a power transmission arm 1717 extending in the ⁇ Y direction from the drive unit 172.
  • the slit forming device 171 has a frame-shaped head support portion 1713 that slidably supports the head 1714 in the Y-axis direction, and a die unit 1712 and a head support portion 1713 fixed to the drive portion 172. It has a main body portion 1711 and a support body portion 1711.
  • the head support portion 1713 is provided with a heater (not shown) for heating the cutter 1714a.
  • the punching device 173 punches the pack film F4 when the pack film F4 intermittently conveyed by the transport unit 281 stops.
  • the punching device 173 includes a die unit 1732 arranged on the + Y direction side of the pack film F4 and a head 1734 arranged on the ⁇ Y direction side of the pack film F4.
  • the head 1734 is erected on the side where the plate-shaped base 17341 and the pack film F4 in the base 17341 are arranged, that is, on the + Y direction side, and punches the packaging pack BP from the pack film F4.
  • It has a punching cutter 1735 and a scrap cutting cutter 1737 that cuts the scrap F5 after the packaging pack BP is punched from the pack film F4.
  • the scrap cutting cutter 1737 is arranged on the downstream side of the portion of the pack film F4 where the punching cutter 1735 faces, that is, facing the ⁇ Z direction side. That is, the scrap cutting cutter 1737 is erected on the + Y direction side of the base 17341 and on the ⁇ Z direction side of the punching cutter 1735.
  • the tip of the scrap cutting cutter 1737 extends from the tip of the punching cutter 1735 to the side opposite to the base 17341 side, that is, to the + Y direction side.
  • the base 17341 is provided with a guide pin 1738 that protrudes from the base 17341 toward the + Y direction and guides the movement of the base 17341 along the Y-axis direction.
  • the portion of the base 17341 facing the guide rod 17322 which will be described later, has a cylindrical shape and is a guide rod holding portion 17342 that penetrates the base 17341 in the Y-axis direction and slidably holds the guide rod 17322 in the Y-axis direction.
  • the head 1734 is connected to a guide rod 1736a and a power transmission arm 1736b extending from the drive unit 172 in the + Y direction.
  • the die unit 1732 is formed by forming a base 17321 having a plate-like shape and an opening 1732a formed in the center of the package pack BP punched out from the pack film F4 in the + Y direction of the die unit 1732, and the pack film F4. It has a guide member 1739 for guiding.
  • a notch 1732b is formed in a portion of the base 17321 facing the scrap cutting cutter 1737 of the head 1734.
  • the guide member 1739 has a U-shaped cross section, and an opening 1739a through which a punching cutter 1735 of the head 1734 is inserted is bored in the side wall, and a groove 1739b is provided on the + Y direction side. Has been done.
  • the groove 1739b side of the guide member 1739 is fixed to the base 17321, and the pack film F4 is inserted between the groove 1739b of the guide member 1739 and the surface of the base 17321 on the ⁇ Y direction side.
  • a hole 1739c through which the tip of the guide pin 1738 is inserted is bored in a portion of the guide member 1739 facing the guide pin 1738 of the head 1734.
  • the base 17321 is provided with a fixing hole 1732c for fixing the base 17321 to the main body 1731 in a state where a part of the main body 1731 described later is inserted. Further, the base 17321 is provided with a guide rod 17322 extending in the ⁇ Y direction and having a tip portion inserted into the guide rod support portion 17342 of the head 1734. A stopper 17323 for regulating the sliding range of the guide rod 17322 is provided at the tip of the guide rod 17322. Further, as shown in FIG. 11, the punching device 173 has a main body portion 1731 fixed to the drive portion 172 and supporting the die unit 1732.
  • the drive unit 172 includes a slit forming device drive unit 1721 for moving the power transmission arm 1717 along the Y-axis direction, a punching device drive unit 1722 for moving the power transmission arm 1737 along the Y-axis direction, and these. It has a housing 1723 for storing and a housing 1723.
  • the punching device 173 sets the head 1734 to the first position from the preset standby position Pos 0 as shown by the arrow AR171 in FIG. 13A. Move to Pos1.
  • the standby position Pos0 is a position where the punching cutter 1735 and the scrap cutting cutter 1737 do not come into contact with the pack film F4.
  • the first position Pos1 is a position where the tip of the punching cutter 1735 and the tip of the scrap cutting cutter 1737 are located on the opposite side of the pack film F4 from the base 17341 side, that is, on the + Y direction side. ..
  • the packaging pack BP is punched from the pack film F4 by the punching cutter 1735, and the scrap F5 is cut by the scrap cutting cutter 1737.
  • the punched package pack BP is delivered to the rotary suction 32, and the cut scrap F5 falls to the scrap collection unit 39.
  • the punching device 173 returns the head 1734 to the standby position Pos0 again as shown by the arrow AR172 in FIG.
  • the transport unit 281 moves the pack film F4 and the scrap F5 in the ⁇ Z direction as shown by the arrow AR173. Move to. At this time, the transport unit 281 moves the pack film F4 and the scrap F5 so that the portion of the pack film F4 corresponding to the packaging pack BP to be punched next is arranged on the + Y direction side of the punching cutter 1735 of the head 1734. ..
  • the punching device 173 sets the head 1734 from the above-mentioned standby position Pos0 to the second position Pos2 as shown by the arrow AR174 in FIG. 14A.
  • the second position Pos2 is a position such that the tip of the punching cutter 1735 does not come into contact with the pack film F4 and the tip of the scrap cutting cutter 1737 is located on the + Y direction side of the pack film F4.
  • the scrap F5 is cut by the scrap cutting cutter 1737, while the defective packaging pack BP is not punched out from the pack film F4.
  • the punching device 173 returns the head 1734 to the standby position Pos0 again as shown by the arrow AR175 in FIG. 14B, and the transport unit 281 moves the pack film F4 and the scrap F5 in the ⁇ Z direction as shown by the arrow AR176. Move to. At this time, the transport unit 281 moves the pack film F4 and the scrap F5 so that the portion of the pack film F4 corresponding to the packaging pack BP to be punched next is arranged on the + Y direction side of the punching cutter 1735 of the head 1734. .. Further, the tip of the scrap cutting cutter 1737 is in a state of facing between the portion corresponding to the packaging pack BP to be punched next and the portion corresponding to the defective packaging pack BP.
  • the punching device 173 moves the head 1734 again from the standby position Pos0 to the second position Pos2.
  • the portion corresponding to the packaging pack BP to be punched next and the portion corresponding to the defective packaging pack BP are cut by the scrap cutting cutter 1737, and the portion corresponding to the defective packaging pack BP is formed. , Drops into the scrap collection unit 39.
  • the film position changing section 26 includes a guide roller 261 for guiding the pack film F4 sent to the slit forming device 171, a roller support section 263 for rotatably supporting the guide roller 261, and a guide driving section. It is a second film position change part which has 264 and.
  • the guide roller 261 is a first guide roller having three wheels 261a and a shaft 261b that pivotally supports the three wheels 261a.
  • the guide drive unit 264 guides the guide roller 261 through the roller support unit 263 in the width direction of the pack film F4, that is, the X-axis direction (see the arrow AR12 in FIG. 10B) and the direction along the transport direction of the pack film F4.
  • the guide drive unit 264 changes the position of the wheel 261a to a position deviated by a distance W1 toward the + X direction, as shown by the alternate long and short dash line in FIG. 10B, for example, in the X-axis direction of the pack film F4 in the slit forming device 171. Is changed to a position shifted by a distance W1 toward the + X direction.
  • the printing device 27 includes a print head 272 that prints a preset mark on the pack film F4 when the pack film F4 intermittently conveyed by the transport unit 281 stops, and a die unit 273.
  • the printing device 27 puts a mark on the pack film F4 by pressing the print head 272 toward the die unit 273 in a state where the portion forming the mark on the pack film F4 is interposed between the print head 272 and the die unit 273. Stamp.
  • the printing device 27 prints the support portion 271 that supports the print head 272 and the die unit 273, the support portion drive unit 275 that moves the support portion 271 relative to the pack film F4, and the pack film F4. It has rollers 276, 277, which guide between 272 and the die unit 273. The positions of the rollers 276 and 277 are fixed.
  • the support unit drive unit 275 changes the position of the mark printed on the pack film F4 by the print head 272 by moving the support unit 271 in the transport direction or the width direction of the pack film F4.
  • the transport unit 281 is a first transport unit having a film feed roller 2811 around which the pack film F4 is wound and a roller drive unit 2812. As shown in FIG. 11, the film feed roller 2811 has a wheel 2811a and a shaft 2811b that pivotally supports the wheel 2811a. A plurality of recesses 2811c for hooking the pocket Po1 of the pack film F4 are arranged side by side on the wheel 2811a along the circumferential direction of the wheel 2811a. The transport unit 281 continuously moves the pack film F4 to the downstream side by rotating the film feed roller 2811 in a state where the pockets of the pack film F4 are hooked on a part of a plurality of recesses of the film feed roller 2811. Transport.
  • the roller drive unit 2812 directs the film feed roller 2811 via the shaft 2811b in the direction indicated by the arrow AR4 in FIG. 11 in a state where the pocket Po1 of the pack film F4 is hooked on a part of the plurality of recesses 2811c of the wheel 2811a.
  • the pack film F4 is intermittently sent out to the punching device 173 by a preset reference distance.
  • the reference distance is set to be equal to the length of the portion corresponding to one packaging pack in the longitudinal direction of the pack film F4.
  • a film pressing portion 282 for preventing the pack film F4 from detaching from the film feed roller 2811 during transport of the pack film F4 is arranged.
  • the film pressing portion 282 has a roller 2821 that comes into contact with the pack film F4 wound around the film feed roller 2811 from the + Y direction side of the film feed roller 2811, and a long roller 2821 attached to one end in the longitudinal direction. It has an arm 2822 and. Further, the film pressing portion 282 has an arm driving portion 2823 that rotatably supports the other end portion of the arm 2822 in the longitudinal direction and urges one end portion of the arm 2822 in a direction of being pressed against the roller 2821.
  • the film position changing unit 283 is arranged on the downstream side of the transport unit 281 and is a guide drive that drives the film guide 2831 for guiding the pack film F4 and the film guide 2831 along the width direction of the pack film F4, that is, the X-axis direction.
  • This is a first film position changing portion having a portion 2832.
  • the film guide 2831 has a guide main body 2831a which is arranged so as to face one surface side in the thickness direction of the pack film F4 and has a groove 2831d formed on the surface on the pack film F4 side.
  • the film guide 2831 has an auxiliary plate 2831b arranged so as to face the other surface side in the thickness direction of the pack film F4, and a support member 2831c that collectively supports the guide main body 2831a and the auxiliary plate 2831b.
  • the guide drive unit 2832 drives the film guide 2831 along the X-axis direction via the support member 2831c as shown by the arrow AR5 in FIG. 15A to change the position of the film guide 2831 in the X-axis direction.
  • the guide drive unit 2832 for example, as shown by the alternate long and short dash line in FIG.
  • the rotary suction 32 is a pack transfer device having a cylindrical drum 321 and four chuck units 322 fixed to the peripheral portion of the drum 321 and holding the packaging pack BP.
  • the chuck unit 322 has a chuck 322a including a vacuum chuck, an electrostatic chuck, and the like, respectively.
  • the rotary suction 32 has a drum drive unit 323 for rotating the drum 321.
  • the drum drive unit 323 rotates the drum 321 to receive the chuck unit 322 at a receiving position for receiving the packaging pack BP from the punching device 173 described above, and the chuck unit 322 by the imaging unit 311 of the visual inspection device 31 described later.
  • the packaging pack BP held in the image is arranged at the imaging position for imaging the package BP.
  • the drum drive unit 323 further rotates the drum 321 so that the chuck unit 322 is discharged to the collection unit (not shown) from the defective package pack BP held by the chuck 322a. And, the packaging pack BP held in the chuck unit 322 is arranged at the transfer position for transferring to another pack transfer device 33. Then, the drum 321 and the drum drive unit 323 form a chuck unit drive unit that arranges the chuck unit 322 at at least one of the receiving position, the imaging position, and the transfer position.
  • the above-mentioned imaging position is located vertically above the above-mentioned transfer position, that is, the imaging position and the transfer position are aligned in the vertical direction.
  • the drum drive unit 323 has the chuck unit 322 in a state where the chuck unit 322 holding the packaging pack BP determined to be defective is arranged at the collection position based on the control information input from the control device 90.
  • the chuck 322a is released, the packaging pack BP is discharged to the collection unit.
  • the visual inspection device 31 has an imaging unit 311 and a housing 312 that houses the imaging unit 311.
  • the imaging unit 311 is a first imaging unit that transmits image information obtained by imaging the package pack BP arranged at the above-mentioned imaging position while being held by the chuck unit 322 of the rotary suction 32 to the control device 90. ..
  • a three-dimensional scanning device, a laser scanning device, or the like can be adopted as the imaging unit 311.
  • the control device 90 is a PLC (Programmable Logic Controller) including, for example, a CPU unit having a CPU (Central Processing Unit) and a memory, and an input / output control unit. Then, when the CPU executes the program stored in advance in the memory of the CPU unit, various functions of the control device 90 are realized.
  • the input / output control unit is connected to each of the imaging unit 131 of the visual inspection device 13 and the imaging unit 311 of the visual inspection device 31 via a bus signal line (not shown), and the images transmitted from each of the imaging units 131 and 311. Output the information to the CPU unit.
  • the input / output control unit is a bus signal line to the raw material film supply unit 11, the heating device 29, the molding device 12, the work supply device 50, the cover film supply unit 15, the sealing device 14, the slit forming punching unit 17, and the rotary suction 32.
  • the raw material film supply unit 11, the heating device 29, the molding device 12, the work supply device 50, the cover film supply unit 15, the sealing device 14, and the slit forming punching By outputting control signals to each of the unit 17 and the rotary suction 32, the respective operations are controlled.
  • the pack transfer device 33 includes a belt 331, a pulley 332, 333, 334 around which the belt 331 is wound, and a pulley drive unit 335 that drives the pulley 332 at a preset rotation speed.
  • the pack transfer device 33 is arranged so that the portion of the belt 331 installed on the pulleys 333 and 334 faces the rotary suction 32 from vertically below. Then, when the rotary suction 32 releases the chuck 322a of the chuck unit 322 arranged at the above-mentioned transfer position, the packaging pack BP held by the chuck unit 322 falls on the belt 331, and the pack transport device 33 Will be transferred to.
  • the pack transport device 33 transports the package pack BP mounted on the belt 331 to the integration device 40 by moving the belt 331. At this time, the packaging pack BP is transported in a posture in which the pocket is vertically downward.
  • the integrating device 40 receives the reversing unit 49 and a plurality of (two in FIG. 16) packaging packs BP from the reversing unit 49 in an overlapping state, and transports the received bundles of the packaged packs BP to the sorting device 60. It has 34, 35 and.
  • the reversing unit 49 includes an orbiting belt 41 in which transfer shelves 41a are projected at equal intervals on one surface side in the thickness direction, and a pulley 421 that is arranged inside the orbiting belt 41 and has the orbiting belt 41 wound around the peripheral surface. It has 43 and a pulley driving unit 422 that moves the circumferential belt 41 in the direction indicated by the arrow AR 42 by rotationally driving the pulley 421.
  • a slit (not shown) through which the shaft body 341a of the bundle transfer unit 34, which will be described later, can be inserted is provided in the central portion of the transfer shelves 41a in the rotation axis direction of the pulleys 421 and 43. Further, the distance between two transfer shelves 41a adjacent to each other in the circumferential direction of the circulation belt 41 is set to be longer than the thickness of the packaging pack BP. As a result, the packaging pack BP is not sandwiched between the two transfer shelves 41a, and when the packaging pack BP is turned upside down, the packaging pack BP is sandwiched between the two transfer shelves 41a, so that damage to the packaging pack BP is suppressed.
  • the pulley drive unit 422 includes, for example, a servomotor and a motor control unit that controls the servomotor, and the circumferential belt 41 has a distance corresponding to the length of two transfer shelves 41a adjacent to each other in the circumferential direction.
  • the pulley 421 is driven so as to move intermittently.
  • the bundle transport unit 34 is preset with a belt 341 in which pin-shaped shaft bodies 341a are projected at equal intervals on one surface side in the thickness direction, and pulleys 342, 343, and 344 around which the belt 341 is wound. It has a pulley drive unit 345 that moves the belt 341 in the direction indicated by the arrow AR43 by rotationally driving the pulley 342 at a rotational speed.
  • the shaft body 341a is inserted into the slits of the two transfer shelves 41a of the reversing unit 49.
  • the bundle transfer unit 34 is a packaging pack placed on each of the two transfer shelves 41a by moving the belt 341 to the arrow AR43 in a state where the shaft body 341a is inserted into the slits of the two transfer shelves 41a. Push BPs out of them.
  • the two packaging packs BPs placed on the two transfer shelves 41a are transferred to the belt 341 in a state of being overlapped with each other.
  • the bundle transport unit 34 transports the bundle composed of the two packaging packs BP in the direction indicated by the arrow AR43.
  • the bundle transfer unit 35 is a slider that collectively supports the arm 351 and the arm drive unit 352 that drives the arm in the vertical direction, the rail 354, the arm 351 and the arm drive unit 352, and is slidably suspended on the rail 354. It has 353 and.
  • the rail 354 extends from the end of the bundle transfer unit 34 on the pulley 344 side to the sorting device 60 side.
  • the arm drive unit 352 moves the arm 351 vertically downward as shown by the arrow AR44. Insert the tip of 351 into the upstream side of the bundle of packaging pack BP.
  • the slider 353 moves in the direction indicated by the arrow AR45, so that the bundle of the packaging pack BP is pushed out to the sorting device 60 side.
  • the sorting device 60 receives a plurality of discs 61 having a circular shape in a plan view, a disc driving unit 62 for rotationally driving the discs 61, and a bundle of packaging packs BP loaded from the bundle transport unit 35 (FIG. 17). 17 has 8) baskets 63 and. Further, the sorting device 60 includes a stacking defect determination unit 65 that determines whether or not a stacking defect of the packaging pack BP has occurred based on the weight of the basket 63 in the received state of the bundle of the packaging pack BP, and a packaging pack BP. It has a recovery unit 64 for recovering a bundle or a packaging pack BP in which a poor accumulation of the above has occurred.
  • the plurality of baskets 63 are arranged at equal intervals along the circumferential direction of the disc 61 at the peripheral portion of the disc 61, respectively.
  • the accumulation defect determination unit 65 has a weight sensor (not shown), and when the weight of the basket 63 in the received state of the bundle of packaging packs BP is out of the preset reference weight range, the accumulation defect has occurred. Is determined.
  • the accumulation defect determination unit 65 has a preset direction.
  • the sorting device 60 receives a bundle of packaging packs BP extruded from the bundle transport unit 35 of the integrating device 40 as shown by an arrow AR45 at the transfer position Pos60. Then, the sorting device 60 moves the basket 63 that has received the bundle of the packaging pack BP to the delivery position Pos 61 that is delivered to the subsequent process by rotating the disc 61 in the direction indicated by the arrow AR61. Then, the bundle of the packaging pack BP is taken out from the basket 63 arranged at the delivery position Pos 61. On the other hand, when the sorting defect determination unit 65 determines that there is an accumulation defect, the sorting device 60 moves the basket 63 that has received the bundle of the packaging pack BP to the discharge position Pos 62 that discharges the bundle to the collection unit 64. Then, the sorting device 60 discharges the bundle of the package pack BP held in the basket 63 arranged at the discharge position Pos 62 or the package pack BP to the collection unit 64.
  • the gas discharge unit 55b directs the work W held inside the work feeder 53 toward the inside of the coil chute 54. Air is blown to the work W in the form of urging the work W. As a result, the work W held inside the work feeder 53 is smoothly introduced into the coil chute 54, so that the work W can be smoothly and quickly put into the pocket of the container film F2. As a result, the container film F2 can be transported to the downstream side at a relatively high speed, so that the production efficiency of the packaging pack BP in the packaging machine can be improved.
  • the wheel 141a included in the transport portion 141 of the sealing device 14 needs to be replaced with the wheel 141a having the corresponding recess 141e.
  • the inner wall of the wheel 141a and the outer wall of the support shaft rub against each other every time the wheel 141a is replaced, and the inner wall of the wheel 141a or the outer wall of the support shaft is damaged. There is a risk.
  • the transport portion 141 since the region A141 in the heat transfer member 141c is kept watertight only from the main body portion 1411c and the lid portion 1412c fixed to the support shaft 141d, a sealing seal is unnecessary. be. Therefore, since it is not necessary to replace the sealing seal, the operating rate of the transport unit 141 can be increased accordingly, and the production efficiency of the packaging pack BP in the packaging machine can be improved accordingly.
  • the head 1734 of the punching device 173 has a base 17341, a punching cutter 1735 erected on the base 17341, and a scrap cutting cutter 1737.
  • the tip of the scrap cutting cutter 1737 extends in the + Y direction with respect to the tip of the punching cutter 1735. Then, when the portion of the pack film F4 facing the punching cutter is a non-defective product, the punching device 173 moves the head 1734 from the above-mentioned standby position Pos0 to the first position Pos1 to pack the packaging from the pack film F4. Punch out the BP and cut the scrap F5.
  • the punching device 173 moves only the scrap F5 from the standby position Pos0 to the above-mentioned second position Pos2. Disconnect.
  • the distance ST1 from the standby position Pos0 to the first position Pos1 is longer than the distance ST2 from the standby position Pos0 to the second position Pos2. This eliminates the need for the process of sorting the packaging pack BP into non-defective products and defective products after punching the packaging pack BP from the pack film F4, thereby improving the production efficiency of the packaging pack BP in the packaging machine. Can be done.
  • the punching device 173 it is not necessary to provide a device for cutting the scrap F5 separately from the punching device 173, so that the packaging machine can be downsized accordingly. Can be done. Further, since the scrap F5 including the defective product of the packaging pack BP can be collected together with the other scrap F5 in the scrap collection unit 39, it is not necessary to separately provide a mechanism for collecting the defective product of the packaging pack BP. ..
  • the rotary suction 32 is a drum 321 and a drum in which the chuck unit 322 for holding the packaging pack BP and the chuck unit 322 are arranged at any of the above-mentioned receiving position, imaging position and transfer position. It has a drive unit 323 and. Then, the imaging position and the transfer position are arranged in the vertical direction. As a result, for example, the imaging position for imaging the packaging pack BP by the visual inspection device 31 and the transfer position for transferring the packaging pack BP to the pack transfer device 33 are arranged in parallel in the Y-axis direction. The length of the packaging machine in the Y-axis direction can be shortened as compared with the above. Therefore, the size of the packaging machine can be reduced.
  • the film position changing portion 283 has a film guide 2831 arranged on the downstream side of the transport portion 281 to guide the pack film F4, and the pack film F4 of the film guide 2831.
  • the film position changing unit 26 changes the position of the pack film F4 in the slit forming device 171 by moving the guide roller 261 in the transport direction of the pack film F4 or the width direction of the pack film F4.
  • the slit position can be corrected in the transport direction or the width direction of the pack film F4 without providing a drive mechanism for moving the entire slit forming device 171 in the transport direction or the width direction of the pack film F4. .. Therefore, the packaging machine 1 can be downsized because it is not necessary to provide a drive mechanism for moving the entire punching device 173 or the slit forming device 171 in the transport direction or the width direction of the pack film F4.
  • the position sensor 154 detects the amount of displacement of the mark provided on the cover film F3 from the preset reference position in the transport direction of the cover film F3, and adjusts the tension.
  • the unit 153 adjusts the tension applied to the cover film F3 conveyed to the sealing device 14 based on the amount of misalignment detected by the position sensor 154. As a result, the occurrence of misalignment of the sticking position of the cover film F3 is suppressed, so that the appearance quality of the packaging pack BP can be improved.
  • the sealing device 2014 detects the temperature of the transport unit 141, the pressing unit 142, the preheating unit 2145 that preheats the cover film F3 immediately before the cover film F3 is transported to the transport unit 141, and the temperature detection. It may have a part 2146 and.
  • the same reference numerals as those in FIG. 1 are attached to the same configurations as those in the embodiment.
  • the sealing device 2014 includes a roller 1441 and a roller 21442 that guides the cover film F3 supplied from the cover film supply unit 2015 to the preheating unit 2145.
  • the cover film supply unit 2015 has a configuration in which a roller 21524 for guiding the cover film F3 delivered from the roller 1523 is added to the cover film supply unit 15 described in the embodiment.
  • the preheating section 2145 includes a cylindrical heat transfer roller 2145a, a support member 2145b that supports the columnar heat transfer roller 2145a via two bearings 2145d, a support member 2145b, and a heat transfer. It has a heater 2145e that heats the roller 2145a and a heater 2145e.
  • the heat transfer roller 2145a and the support member 2145b are each made of a material having high thermal conductivity such as metal.
  • the support member 2145b is formed with a through hole 2145g that penetrates the inside of the support member 2145b along its central axis.
  • the heater 2145e generates heat when an electric current is supplied from the control device 90.
  • the heater 2145e is inserted into the through hole 2145g of the support member 2145b. Further, the preheating portion 2145 includes a lid portion 2145 c attached to one end portion of the support member 2145 b in the longitudinal direction, and a fixing member 2145 f attached to the other end portion of the support member 2145 b to fix the support member 2145 b to the packaging machine main body 99. , Have.
  • the temperature detection unit 2146 has, for example, a thermopile, detects the surface temperature of the heat transfer roller 2145a, and outputs a temperature detection signal indicating the detected surface temperature to the control device 90. Then, the control device 90 controls the current supplied to the heater 2145e so that the surface temperature of the heat transfer roller 2145a becomes a preset temperature based on the temperature detection signal input from the temperature detection unit 2146.
  • the cover film F3 when the cover film F3 does not need to be heated by the preheating unit 2145, the cover film F3 unwound from the roller 21524 is hung on the roller 1441 as shown by the alternate long and short dash line in FIG. , The cover film F3 is set to be conveyed directly to the conveying section 141 via the roller 1441.
  • the cover film F3 unwound from the roller 21524 is hung around the roller 21442, so that the cover film F3 is conveyed after passing through the roller 21442 and the preheating section 2145. It is set to be transported by the route to the unit 141.
  • a packaging pack BP so-called childless packaging is provided in which the cover cannot be easily peeled off by infants, children, etc.
  • a relatively thick cover film F3 is often used. Then, the temperature of the side of the cover film F3 to be attached to the container film F2 cannot be sufficiently raised only by heating by the heat transfer roller 1421 of the pressing portion 142, and the cover film F3 is attached to the container film F2. There is a risk of defects.
  • the temperature of the cover film F3 is raised by increasing the contact time between the cover film F3 and the heat transfer roller 1421 by lowering the transport speed of the container film F2 and the cover film F3. In this case, the time required for manufacturing the packaging pack BP becomes long, and the throughput decreases.
  • the cover film F3 is conveyed to the conveying unit 141 by the preheating portion 2145 and heated before being pressed by the pressing portion 142, it is attached to the container film F2 in the cover film F3.
  • the temperature on the side can be raised sufficiently. Therefore, the occurrence of poor adhesion of the cover film F3 to the container film F2 is suppressed.
  • the transport path of the cover film F3 can be changed to a path that is heated by the preheating section 2145 and a path that is not heated by the preheating section 2145, so that there are many types of cover film F3 that can be used. There are also advantages.
  • the packaging machine may include a printing device 27 and a laser marking device 3027 for printing on the pack film F4 using laser light.
  • the same reference numerals as those in FIG. 1 are attached to the same configurations as those in the embodiment.
  • the laser marking device 3027 is installed on the + Z direction side of the packaging machine main body 99, and the portion of the packaging machine main body 99 where the laser marking device 3027 is installed is radiated from the laser marking device 3027.
  • An introduction hole 3099a for introducing the laser beam to be introduced into the main body 99 of the packaging machine is bored.
  • rollers 3292 and 3293 provided on both sides of the introduction hole 3099a of the packaging machine main body 99 with the introduction hole 3099a sandwiched in the X-axis direction when viewed from the Z-axis direction on the ⁇ Z direction side.
  • the roller 3291 for guiding the pack film F4 unwound from the guide roller 261 of the film position changing portion 26 to the roller 3292 and the pack film F4 unwound from the roller 3293 are brought into the transport portion 281. It has a roller 3294 that guides the film feed roller 2811.
  • the laser marking device 3027 executes the marking process by irradiating the pack film F4 stretched between the two rollers 3292 and 3293 with a laser beam.
  • the packaging machine covers the entire portion including the two rollers 3292 and 3293 on the ⁇ Z direction side of the laser marking device 3027 in the packaging machine main body 99, and the laser light emitted from the laser marking device 3027 and scattered by the pack film F4.
  • a light-shielding cover (not shown) that blocks the light-shielding cover may be further provided.
  • the pack film F4 unwound from the guide roller 261 of the film position changing portion 26 is fed as shown by the alternate long and short dash line in FIG.
  • the pack film F4 is set to be transferred to the transport unit 281 after being printed by the printing device 27.
  • the pack film F4 unwound from the guide roller 261 of the film position changing portion 26 is hung around the rollers 3291, 3292, 3293, and 3294, respectively.
  • the pack film F4 is set to be transported to the transport unit 281 after being marked in a state of being stretched between the rollers 3292 and 3293.
  • the transport path of the pack film F4 can be changed to a path capable of printing by the printing device 27 and a path capable of marking processing by the laser marking device 3027, so that various packaging packs can be used. It has the advantage that it can be applied to the required use of BP.
  • the gas discharge portion 55b communicates with the air flow path 55c of the fixing member 55 on one end side and opens in the through hole 55a of the fixing member 55 on the other end side, and is introduced into the air flow path 55c.
  • An example of discharging the generated air into the through hole 55a has been described.
  • the configuration of the gas discharge portion is not limited to this, and for example, the gas discharge portion communicates with the air flow path 55c on one end side and opens on the other end side in the through hole 55a of the fixing member 55. It may be composed of a plurality of flow paths.
  • the gas discharge portion may have a nozzle (not shown) installed above the through hole 55a of the fixing member 55, and discharge the gas from the nozzle toward the inside of the through hole 55a.
  • a pack transfer device having another configuration may be used as long as it has a function of transferring to the transfer position to be transferred to 33.
  • the pack transfer device has an arm that is long and can be swiveled with one end as a fulcrum, a chuck provided at the other end of the arm, and an arm drive unit that swivels and drives the arm. You may.
  • the arm drive unit rotates the arm to punch the chuck, and the receiving position for receiving the packaging pack BP from the device 173, the imaging position for imaging the packaging pack BP by the visual inspection device 31, and the packaging pack.
  • the BP may be arranged at any of the transfer positions for transferring to the pack transfer device 33.
  • the present invention is not limited to this, and is not limited to this, that is, the downstream side of the rotary suction 32, that is, ,
  • the packaging pack BP may be imaged during the period from the rotary suction 32 to the integration device 40.
  • the visual inspection device 31 may image the packaging pack BP held on the image pickup stage having the chuck unit 4322, for example, as shown in FIGS. 21A and 21B.
  • the imaging stage includes a stage main body 4321 and a chuck unit 4322 detachably fixed to the stage main body 4321.
  • the chuck unit 4322 has a plurality of suction heads (six in FIG. 21B), a suction pad 4332 formed of an elastic material and attached to the tip of each of the plurality of suction heads 4333, and a plurality of suction pads in a rectangular box shape. It has a head support portion 4331 that collectively supports the head 4333 and is fixed to the stage main body 4321. Inside the suction head 4333, a tube 4333a that is maintained in a reduced pressure state when the packaging pack BP is sucked is provided. Further, inside the head support portion 4331, a pipe 4331a communicating with each of the pipes 4333a is provided. Further, a plurality of windows 4331b are provided on the side wall of the head support portion 4331.
  • the workability of the operator who replaces the suction pad 4332 can be improved, and the weight of the head support portion 4331 can be reduced.
  • the pipe 4331a communicates with the exhaust pipe 4322b provided in the stage main body 4321 and connected to the vacuum pump (not shown).
  • the suction pad 4332, the suction head 4333, and the head support portion 4331 is formed of, for example, resin.
  • the packaging pack BP may be delivered to the imaging stage in a warped state (curved state) as a whole.
  • the image pickup unit 311 is defocused, so that the captured image of the image pickup target portion in the package pack BP becomes unclear, and the mark provided on the package pack BP is recognized or packaged.
  • the inspection for the presence or absence of foreign matter or dirt adhering to the pack BP cannot be performed accurately.
  • the length of the packaging pack BP can be accurately adjusted. Cannot be detected.
  • the chuck unit 4322 holds the packaging pack BP in a state of being sucked by a plurality of suction pads 4332.
  • the packaging pack BP can be flattened and then imaged by the image pickup unit 311, the sharpness of the photographed image obtained by the image pickup unit 311 can be improved. Therefore, it is possible to improve the accuracy of recognition of the mark provided on the packaging pack BP by the visual inspection device 31 or inspection of the presence or absence of foreign matter or dirt adhering to the packaging pack BP. Further, when the length of the package pack BP is measured using the photographed image captured by the visual inspection device 31, the length of the package pack BP can be detected with high accuracy.
  • a laser displacement meter capable of measuring the three-dimensional shape of the surface of the packaging pack BP may be adopted instead of the visual inspection device 31.
  • control device 90 may be arranged outside the packaging machine main body 99, or a part of the functions of the control device 90 is realized by the cloud server. You may.
  • the transport unit 281 changes the position of the pack film F4 in the X-axis direction by causing the film feed roller 2811 to move in the X-axis direction of the pack film F4 (not shown). ), And the transport unit 281 may function as a film position change unit. Then, in the printing device 27, when the pack film F4 is displaced in the X-axis direction in the transport unit 281, the position of the print head 272 may be moved in the X-axis direction accordingly.
  • the number of parts can be reduced by omitting the film position changing portion 283, so that the packaging machine 1 can be simplified and downsized.
  • the punching device can change the number of pockets Po1 contained in the packaging pack by changing the cutting position of the pack film after scrap punching in the direction orthogonal to the transport direction. May be good. In this case, the punching device performs an operation of punching the packaging pack after punching the scrap from the pack film.
  • the punching device 573 has a die unit 5732 arranged on the + Y direction side of the pack film and a head 5734 arranged on the ⁇ Y direction side of the pack film. ..
  • the head 5734 includes a base 17341, a guide holding portion 17342, a punching cutter 5735 that is erected on the + Y direction side of the base 17341 and for punching scrap from the pack film, and a pack that cuts out a packaging pack by cutting the pack film. It has a film cutting cutter 5737 and.
  • the pack film cutting cutter 5737 is arranged on the downstream side of the portion of the pack film on which the punching cutter 5735 faces, that is, facing the ⁇ Z direction side. That is, the pack film cutting cutter 5737 is erected on the + Y direction side of the base 17341 and on the ⁇ Z direction side of the punching cutter 5735.
  • the tip of the punching cutter 5735 extends from the tip of the pack film cutting cutter 5737 to the side opposite to the base 17341 side, that is, to the + Y direction side.
  • the die unit 5732 is a plate-shaped base 57321 having an opening 5732d formed in the center of the die unit 5732 for discharging scrap punched from the pack film in the + Y direction, and a guide member for guiding the pack film. It has 5739 and. An opening 5739d is also formed in a portion of the base 57321 facing the pack film cutting cutter 5737 of the head 5734.
  • the guide member 5739 has a U-shaped cross section like the guide member 1739 described in the embodiment, and has an opening 5739a through which a punching cutter 5735 of the head 5734 is inserted in the side wall, and a pack film cutting cutter 5737.
  • An opening 5739d to be inserted is formed, and a groove (not shown) is provided on the + Y direction side.
  • the groove side of the guide member 5739 is fixed to the base 57321, and a pack film is inserted between the groove of the guide member 5739 and the surface of the base 57321 on the ⁇ Y direction side. Further, a hole (not shown) through which the tip of the guide pin 1738 is inserted is bored in a portion of the guide member 5739 facing the guide pin 1738 of the head 5734.
  • the sheet film F54 according to this modification is conveyed in the direction indicated by the arrow AR500. Then, the punching device 574 first punches the scrap portions at both ends of the sheet film F54 in the lateral direction by using the punching cutter 5735. After that, the punching device 574 cuts out the packaging pack by cutting the sheet film F55 from which the scrap has been punched along the lateral direction using the pack film cutting cutter 5737.
  • the punching device 173 moves the head 5734 from the preset standby position Pos0 to the third position Pos51, as shown by the arrow AR571 in FIG. 24A.
  • the standby position Pos0 is a position where the punching cutter 5735 and the pack film cutting cutter 5737 do not come into contact with the pack film F54.
  • the third position Pos51 is a position where the tip of the punching cutter 5735 is located on the + Y direction side of the pack film F54 and the tip of the pack film cutting cutter 5737 does not come into contact with the pack film F54.
  • the scrap F55 is punched from the pack film F54 by the punching cutter 5735.
  • the punched scrap F55 is collected by a scrap collection unit (not shown).
  • the punching device 573 returns the head 5734 to the standby position Pos0 again as shown by the arrow AR572 in FIG. 24B, and the transport unit 281 connects the pack film F54 and the pack film F54 as shown by the arrow AR573.
  • the film F56 is moved in the ⁇ Z direction.
  • the transport unit 281 moves the pack film F54 so that the portion of the pack film F54 corresponding to the scrap F55 to be punched next is arranged on the + Y direction side of the punching cutter 5735 of the head 5734.
  • the punching device 573 moves the head 5734 from the above-mentioned standby position Pos0 to the fourth position Pos52 as shown by the arrow AR574 in FIG. 25A.
  • the second position Pos 52 is a position such that the tip end portion of the punching cutter 5735 and the tip end portion of the pack film cutting cutter 5737 are located on the + Y direction side of the pack film F54.
  • the scrap F55 is punched from the pack film F54 by the punching cutter 5735, and the packaging pack BP is cut out from the pack film F56 by the pack film cutting cutter 5737.
  • the cut out packaging pack BP is transported to a subsequent process.
  • the punching device 573 returns the head 5734 to the standby position Pos0 again as shown by the arrow AR575 in FIG. 25B, and the transport unit 281 connects the pack film F54 and the pack film F54 as shown by the arrow AR576.
  • the film F56 is moved in the ⁇ Z direction.
  • the transport unit 281 moves the pack film F54 so that the portion of the pack film F54 corresponding to the scrap F55 to be punched next is arranged on the + Y direction side of the punching cutter 5735 of the head 5734.
  • the transport unit 281 moves the pack film F54 by a distance Ls corresponding to the length of the scrap F55 in the transport direction in which the punching cutter 5734 can punch the pack film F54 at a time (step S501). ).
  • the moving distance of the pack film F54 immediately after the control device 9 starts transporting the pack film F54 or is cut by the pack film cutting cutter 5737 first is a distance Ls and a preset coefficient m (m is positive). It is determined whether or not it is equal to the distance corresponding to the product of (an integer of) (step S502).
  • the coefficient m corresponds to a number obtained by dividing the length of the pack films F54, 56 in the transport direction of the region corresponding to one packaging pack BP included in the pack films F54, F56 by the distance Ls. This coefficient m is changed according to the number of pockets Po1 contained in one packaging pack BP.
  • the control device 9 determines that the moving distance of the pack film F54 is shorter than the distance corresponding to the product of the distance Ls and the coefficient m (step S502: No)
  • the punching device 574 moves the head 5734 by the distance ST51 in the + Y direction. (Step S503). As a result, only the scrap F55 is punched out from the pack film F54.
  • step S502 determines that the moving distance of the pack film F54 is equal to the distance corresponding to the product of the distance Ls and the coefficient m (step S502: Yes)
  • the punching device 574 sets the head 5734 by the distance ST52 + Y. It is moved in the direction (step S504). As a result, the packaging pack BP is cut out from the pack film F54.
  • packaging pack BPs of various lengths can be produced simply by changing the setting of the coefficient m. Therefore, for example, every time the length of the package pack BP to be produced changes, it is not necessary to replace the head and die unit according to the length of the package pack BP. Therefore, for example, it is possible to reduce the frequency of the work of exchanging the combination of the head and the die unit when manufacturing various packaging pack BPs having different lengths, so that the production efficiency of the packaging pack BP can be improved.
  • control device 9 changes the tension applied to the container film F2 by the tension adjusting unit 292 based on the image information obtained by imaging the packaging pack BP6 transmitted from the visual inspection device 31.
  • the tension adjusting unit 292 may be controlled.
  • the control device 9 controls the chuck feed 232 so as to change the feed amount of the container film F2 by the chuck feed 232 based on the image information obtained by imaging the packaging pack transmitted from the visual inspection device 31. It may be a thing.
  • the cover film F63 of the pack film F64 has a non-transparent seal portion CE1 and a transparent so-called non-seal portion NC1
  • the cover film F63 needs to be attached to the container film F2 so that the non-seal portion NC1 is located at the center of the pocket Po1.
  • the non-seal portion NC1 is arranged in the central portion of the pocket Po1.
  • the control device 9 calculates the deviation amount and the deviation direction of the non-seal portion NC1 along the transport direction of the pack film F64 with respect to the pocket Po1 from the image information obtained by imaging the packaging pack BP6, and causes the deviation.
  • the amount exceeds a preset deviation amount, the feed amount of the container film F2 is changed so as to reduce the deviation amount.
  • the container film feed amount adjusting process executed by the control device 9 will be described with reference to FIG. 28.
  • the control device 9 acquires a package pack image obtained by imaging the package pack BP6 transmitted from the visual inspection device 31 (step S601).
  • the control device 9 executes an edge detection process for detecting each of the peripheral portion of the non-sealed portion NC1 and the peripheral portion of the pocket Po1 based on the package pack image (step S602).
  • the control device 9 executes the edge detection process by using a well-known edge detection algorithm such as the Canny method or the Laplacian method.
  • control device 9 shifts the non-seal portion NC1 with respect to the pocket Po1 along the transport direction of the pack film F64 based on the positions of the peripheral portion of the non-seal portion NC1 and the peripheral portion of the pocket Po1 detected by the edge detection process.
  • the amount and the deviation direction are calculated (step S603).
  • the control device 9 specifies the position of the central portion of the non-seal portion NC1 from the position of the peripheral portion of the non-seal portion NC1 detected by the edge detection process, and the position of the peripheral portion of the pocket Po1 detected by the edge detection process.
  • the position of the central portion of the pocket Po1 is specified from.
  • the control device 9 calculates the deviation amount and the deviation direction from the difference between the position of the central portion of the non-seal portion NC1 and the position of the peripheral portion of the pocket Po1. After that, the control device 9 determines whether or not the deviation amount
  • step S604 when the control device 9 determines that the deviation amount
  • the feed amount of the container film F2 to the transport section 141 is adjusted (step S605). Specifically, the control device 9 controls the tension adjusting unit 292 and adjusts the feed amount of the container film F2 to the conveying unit 141 by changing the tension applied to the container film F2 by the tension adjusting unit 292. do.
  • the control device 9 controls the tension adjusting unit 292 so that the tension applied to the container film F2 is increased by the tension adjusting unit 292. Therefore, the feed amount of the container film F2 to the transport section 141 is reduced.
  • the control device 9 controls the tension adjusting unit 292 so that the tension applied to the container film F2 is reduced by the tension adjusting unit 292. , Increase the feed amount of the container film F2 to the transport section 141.
  • control device 9 may control the chuck feed 232 to adjust the feed amount of the container film F2 by the chuck feed 232 to the transport unit 141.
  • the control device 9 controls the chuck feed 232 so that the feed amount of the container film F2 by the chuck feed 232 becomes small.
  • the control device 9 controls the chuck feed 232 so as to increase the feed amount of the container film F2 by the chuck feed 232.
  • the image used by the control device 9 to calculate the deviation amount and the deviation direction of the non-seal portion NC1 with respect to the pocket Po1 along the transport direction of the pack film F64 is limited to the packaging pack image transmitted from the visual inspection device 31. It's not something.
  • an image pickup device (not shown) for imaging the pack film F4 is arranged at an arbitrary position on the downstream side of the seal device 14, and the control device 9 obtains a pack obtained by imaging the pack film F4 with this image pickup device.
  • the film image may be used to calculate the amount of deviation and the deviation direction of the non-seal portion NC1 with respect to the pocket Po1 along the conveying direction of the pack film F64.
  • the pack film F64 when the cover film F63 of the pack film F64 has a non-transparent seal portion CE1 and a transparent so-called non-seal portion NC1, the pack film F64 is non-seal along the transport direction.
  • the amount of deviation of the partial NC1 with respect to the pocket Po1 can be reduced. Therefore, the yield of the packaging pack BP6 punched out from the pack film F64 can be improved, and the production efficiency of the packaging pack BP6 can be increased accordingly.
  • the molding apparatus 7012 attaches two film detection sensors 7128A and 7128B at the outlet portion of the container film F2 to detect both ends of the container film F2 in the width direction. It may be provided. Then, on the upstream side of the molding apparatus 7012, a roller 71155 around which the raw material film F1 is wound and movable in the rotation axis direction thereof and a roller drive unit 71156 for driving the roller 71155 in the rotation axis direction are provided. You may.
  • the film detection sensors 7128A and 7128B each emit a light source 71281 having a plurality of laser diodes or LEDs arranged in parallel in the width direction of the container film F2 and a photodiode radiated from the light source 71281 in parallel in the width direction of the container film F2. It has a light receiving unit 71282 that receives the light to be received. Further, the two film detection sensors 7128A and 7128B are arranged at two locations separated by a preset distance in the width direction of the container film F2. This distance is set to be longer than, for example, the width of the container film F2 by a preset length.
  • the film detection sensors 7128A and 7128B detect the amount of protrusion of the end portion of the container film F2 from the preset reference position, that is, the amount of deviation of the container film F2. Then, when the film detection sensors 7128A and 7128B each detect the end portion of the container film F2, they transmit a film detection signal reflecting the amount of deviation of the container film F2 to the control device 9. On the other hand, when the film detection signal is input from either the film detection sensor 7128A or 7128B, the control device 9 transmits the film detection signal from the film detection sensor (for example, 7128A) that does not transmit the film detection signal.
  • the film detection sensor for example, 7128A
  • the direction toward the sensor is determined as the deviation direction of the container film F2, and the deviation amount of the container film F2 is determined based on the film detection signal.
  • the control device 9 determines that the deviation direction of the container film F2 is the + X direction, and when the film detection signal is input from the film detection sensor 7128B. , It is determined that the deviation direction of the container film F2 is the ⁇ X direction.
  • the roller drive unit 71156 drives the roller 71155 around which the raw material film F1 conveyed to the molding device 7012 is wound based on the control signal input from the control device 9, thereby driving the raw material in the direction of the central axis thereof.
  • the position of the raw material film F1 in the width direction of the film F1 with respect to the molding apparatus 7012 is changed.
  • the control device 9 determines the deviation direction and the deviation amount of the container film F2 based on the film detection signals received from the film detection sensors 7128A and 7128B. Then, the control device 9 controls the roller drive unit 71156 so as to drive the roller 71155 in the direction in which the deviation amount of the container film F2 is reduced along the central axis direction thereof based on the determined deviation direction and the deviation amount. ..
  • the gas discharge unit 55b discharges the air supplied from the air source AG
  • the discharged gas is not limited to air, and other types such as nitrogen gas are used. It may be a gas of.
  • the present invention is suitable for manufacturing a pack film for packaging tablets, medical devices, etc. and for accumulating a plurality of pack films.

Landscapes

  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Mechanical Engineering (AREA)
  • Containers And Plastic Fillers For Packaging (AREA)

Abstract

A head (1734) of a punching device (173) of a packaging machine has a punching cutter (1735) and a scrap-cutting cutter (1737) which are disposed upright on a base (17341). The tip of the scrap-cutting cutter (1737) extends forward in Y-direction beyond the tip of the punching cutter (1735). In addition, when a part of a pack film facing the punching cutter is non-defective, the punching device (173) punches a packaging pack from the pack film and cuts the scrap due to the movement of the head (1734) from a standby position to a first position. By contrast, when the part of the pack film facing the punching cutter (1735) is defective, the punching device (173) cuts the scrap due to the movement of the head (1734) from the standby position to a second position.

Description

包装機Packaging machine
 本発明は、包装機に関する。 The present invention relates to a packaging machine.
 ホッパに装入されたワークをテーブルに設けた複数の充填穴内に充填し、テーブルを移動させて充填穴から落下したワークを2枚のフィルムの間に収容し、その周囲を接着して封止する包装装置が提案されている(例えば特許文献1参照)。 The work charged in the hopper is filled in a plurality of filling holes provided in the table, the table is moved to accommodate the work dropped from the filling holes between the two films, and the periphery thereof is bonded and sealed. A packaging device has been proposed (see, for example, Patent Document 1).
特開平6-345004号公報Japanese Unexamined Patent Publication No. 6-345004
 ところで、特許文献1に記載されているような包装装置では、生産効率を向上させることが要請されている。 By the way, in a packaging device as described in Patent Document 1, it is required to improve production efficiency.
 本発明は、上記事由に鑑みてなされたものであり、包装パックの生産効率を向上させることができる包装機を提供することを目的とする。 The present invention has been made in view of the above reasons, and an object of the present invention is to provide a packaging machine capable of improving the production efficiency of a packaging pack.
 上記目的を達成するため、本発明に係る包装機は、
 ワークを収容するためのポケットが形成された容器フィルムと、前記ポケットを塞ぐように前記容器フィルムに貼着されるカバーフィルムと、を有する包装パックを製造するための包装機であって、
 前記容器フィルムの元となる帯状の原料フィルムを供給する原料フィルム供給ユニットと、
 前記原料フィルム供給ユニットから供給される前記原料フィルムに前記ポケットを成形することにより帯状の前記容器フィルムを生成する成形装置と、
 前記ポケットへワークを供給するワーク供給装置と、
 帯状の前記カバーフィルムを供給するカバーフィルム供給ユニットと、
 前記容器フィルムの前記ポケットにワークが収容された状態で、前記容器フィルムに前記カバーフィルムを貼着することにより前記ポケットが前記カバーフィルムでシールされたパックフィルムを生成するシール装置と、
 前記パックフィルムから前記包装パックを打ち抜く打ち抜き装置と、を備え、
 前記打ち抜き装置は、
 ベースと、前記ベースにおける前記パックフィルムが配置される側に立設され前記パックフィルムから前記包装パックを打ち抜くための打ち抜き用カッタと、前記パックフィルムにおける前記打ち抜き用カッタが対向する部分よりも下流側に対向して配置され、前記パックフィルムから前記包装パックが打ち抜かれることにより生成されるスクラップを切断するためのスクラップ切断用カッタと、を有するヘッドを有し、前記スクラップ切断用カッタの先端部は、前記打ち抜き用カッタの先端部よりも前記ベース側とは反対側へ延出しており、
 前記パックフィルムにおける前記打ち抜き用カッタに対向する部分が良品である場合、前記ヘッドを、前記打ち抜き用カッタおよび前記スクラップ切断用カッタが前記パックフィルムに接触しない待機位置から前記打ち抜き用カッタの先端部および前記スクラップ切断用カッタの先端部が前記パックフィルムにおける前記ベース側とは反対側に位置する第1位置まで移動させることにより、前記パックフィルムから前記包装パックを打ち抜くとともに前記スクラップを切断し、
 前記パックフィルムにおける前記打ち抜き用カッタに対向する部分が不良品である場合、前記ヘッドを、前記待機位置から前記打ち抜き用カッタの先端部が前記パックフィルムに接触せず且つ前記スクラップ切断用カッタの先端部が前記パックフィルムにおける前記ベース側とは反対側に位置する第2位置まで移動させることにより、前記スクラップを切断する。
In order to achieve the above object, the packaging machine according to the present invention
A packaging machine for manufacturing a packaging pack having a container film in which a pocket for accommodating a work is formed and a cover film attached to the container film so as to close the pocket.
A raw material film supply unit that supplies a strip-shaped raw material film that is the basis of the container film, and
A molding apparatus that produces a strip-shaped container film by molding the pocket on the raw material film supplied from the raw material film supply unit.
A work supply device that supplies work to the pocket and
A cover film supply unit that supplies the strip-shaped cover film, and
A sealing device for producing a pack film in which the pocket is sealed with the cover film by attaching the cover film to the container film while the work is housed in the pocket of the container film.
A punching device for punching the packaging pack from the pack film is provided.
The punching device is
The base and the punching cutter for punching the packaging pack from the pack film, which is erected on the side where the pack film is arranged in the base, and the portion downstream of the portion of the pack film where the punching cutter faces each other. It has a head having a scrap cutting cutter for cutting scrap generated by punching the packaging pack from the pack film, and a tip portion of the scrap cutting cutter. , It extends from the tip of the punching cutter to the side opposite to the base side.
When the portion of the pack film facing the punching cutter is a non-defective product, the head is moved from the standby position where the punching cutter and the scrap cutting cutter do not come into contact with the pack film to the tip of the punching cutter and the tip of the punching cutter. By moving the tip of the scrap cutting cutter to a first position on the pack film opposite to the base side, the packaging pack is punched from the pack film and the scrap is cut.
When the portion of the pack film facing the punching cutter is defective, the tip of the punching cutter does not come into contact with the pack film from the standby position, and the tip of the scrap cutting cutter is placed. The scrap is cut by moving the portion to a second position on the pack film opposite to the base side.
 本発明によれば、打ち抜き装置が、ベースに立設された打ち抜き用カッタおよびスクラップ切断用カッタを有し、スクラップ切断用カッタの先端部が、打ち抜き用カッタの先端部よりもベース側とは反対側へ延出している。そして、打ち抜き装置は、パックフィルムにおける打ち抜き用カッタに対向する部分が良品である場合、ヘッドを、前述の待機位置から第1位置まで移動させることにより、パックフィルムから包装パックを打ち抜くとともにスクラップを切断する。一方、打ち抜き装置は、パックフィルムにおける打ち抜き用カッタに対向する部分が不良品である場合、ヘッドを、待機位置から前述の第2位置まで移動させることにより、スクラップを切断する。これにより、パックフィルムから包装パックを打ち抜いた後、包装パックを良品と不良品とに選別する工程が不要となるので、その分、包装機における包装パックの生産効率を向上させることができる。 According to the present invention, the punching device has a punching cutter and a scrap cutting cutter erected on the base, and the tip of the scrap cutting cutter is opposite to the base side of the tip of the punching cutter. It extends to the side. Then, when the portion of the pack film facing the punching cutter is a non-defective product, the punching device punches the packaging pack from the pack film and cuts the scrap by moving the head from the above-mentioned standby position to the first position. do. On the other hand, when the portion of the pack film facing the punching cutter is defective, the punching device cuts the scrap by moving the head from the standby position to the above-mentioned second position. This eliminates the need for a step of sorting the packaging pack into a non-defective product and a defective product after punching the packaging pack from the pack film, so that the production efficiency of the packaging pack in the packaging machine can be improved accordingly.
本発明の実施の形態に係る包装機の概略正面図である。It is a schematic front view of the packaging machine which concerns on embodiment of this invention. 実施の形態に係るバッファ部について、原料フィルムが下流側へ引き出されている様子を示す図である。It is a figure which shows the state which the raw material film is pulled out to the downstream side about the buffer part which concerns on embodiment. 実施の形態に係るバッファ部について、原料フィルムの下流側への移動が停止した様子を示す図である。It is a figure which shows the state which the movement of the raw material film to the downstream side has stopped about the buffer part which concerns on embodiment. 実施の形態に係る加熱装置および成形装置の概略構成図である。It is a schematic block diagram of the heating apparatus and the molding apparatus which concerns on embodiment. 実施の形態に係る固定チャックにより容器フィルムを挟持した状態を示す図である。It is a figure which shows the state which sandwiched the container film by the fixed chuck which concerns on embodiment. 実施の形態に係るチャックフィードにより容器フィルムを挟持した状態を示す図である。It is a figure which shows the state which sandwiched the container film by the chuck feed which concerns on embodiment. 実施の形態に係るチャックフィードにより容器フィルムを搬送する様子を示す図である。It is a figure which shows the state of transporting a container film by the chuck feed which concerns on embodiment. 実施の形態に係るワーク供給装置の斜視図である。It is a perspective view of the work supply device which concerns on embodiment. 実施の形態に係るワークフィーダの平面図である。It is a top view of the work feeder which concerns on embodiment. 実施の形態に係る固定部材の斜視図である。It is a perspective view of the fixing member which concerns on embodiment. 実施の形態に係る搬送部の断面図である。It is sectional drawing of the transport part which concerns on embodiment. 比較例に係る搬送部の断面図である。It is sectional drawing of the transport part which concerns on a comparative example. 実施の形態に係るスリット形成装置、印字装置および打ち抜き装置の概略構成図である。It is a schematic block diagram of the slit forming apparatus, the printing apparatus and the punching apparatus which concerns on embodiment. 実施の形態に係るスリット形成装置における図9のA-A線における断面矢視図である。9 is a cross-sectional view taken along the line AA of FIG. 9 in the slit forming apparatus according to the embodiment. 実施の形態に係るスリット形成装置における図9のB-B線における断面矢視図である。9 is a cross-sectional arrow view taken along line BB of FIG. 9 in the slit forming apparatus according to the embodiment. 実施の形態に係る搬送部の概略構成図である。It is a schematic block diagram of the transport part which concerns on embodiment. 実施の形態に係る打ち抜き装置の一部の斜視図である。It is a perspective view of a part of the punching apparatus which concerns on embodiment. 実施の形態に係る打ち抜き装置の動作説明図であり、ヘッドが第1位置に配置された状態を示す図である。It is an operation explanatory view of the punching apparatus which concerns on embodiment, and is the figure which shows the state which the head is arranged in the 1st position. 実施の形態に係る打ち抜き装置の動作説明図であり、ヘッドが待機位置に配置された状態を示す図である。It is operation explanatory drawing of the punching apparatus which concerns on embodiment, and is the figure which shows the state which the head is arranged in the standby position. 実施の形態に係る打ち抜き装置の動作説明図であり、ヘッドが第2位置に配置された状態を示す図である。It is an operation explanatory view of the punching apparatus which concerns on embodiment, and is the figure which shows the state which the head is arranged in the 2nd position. 実施の形態に係る打ち抜き装置の動作説明図であり、ヘッドが待機位置に配置された状態を示す図である。It is operation explanatory drawing of the punching apparatus which concerns on embodiment, and is the figure which shows the state which the head is arranged in the standby position. 実施の形態に係るフィルム位置変更部の動作説明図である。It is operation explanatory drawing of the film position change part which concerns on embodiment. 実施の形態に係るフィルム位置変更部における図15AのC-C線における断面矢視図である。FIG. 5 is a cross-sectional arrow view taken along line CC of FIG. 15A at the film position changing portion according to the embodiment. 実施の形態に係るロータリーサクションおよび集積装置の概略構成図である。It is a schematic block diagram of the rotary suction and the integration apparatus which concerns on embodiment. 実施の形態に係る選別装置の平面図である。It is a top view of the sorting apparatus which concerns on embodiment. 変形例に係るシール装置を示す図である。It is a figure which shows the sealing device which concerns on the modification. 変形例に係る予熱部の一部断面図である。It is a partial cross-sectional view of the preheating part which concerns on the modification. 変形例に係る包装機の一部を示す図である。It is a figure which shows a part of the packaging machine which concerns on a modification. 変形例に係るチャックユニットの側面図である。It is a side view of the chuck unit which concerns on a modification. 変形例に係るチャックユニットの平面図である。It is a top view of the chuck unit which concerns on a modification. 変形例に係る打ち抜き装置の一部の斜視図である。It is a perspective view of a part of the punching apparatus which concerns on a modification. 変形例に係る打ち抜き装置の動作説明図である。It is operation explanatory drawing of the punching apparatus which concerns on a modification. 変形例に係る打ち抜き装置の動作説明図であり、ヘッドが第3位置に配置された状態を示す図である。It is an operation explanatory view of the punching apparatus which concerns on the modification, and is the figure which shows the state which the head is arranged in the 3rd position. 変形例に係る打ち抜き装置の動作説明図であり、ヘッドが待機位置に配置された状態を示す図である。It is an operation explanatory view of the punching apparatus which concerns on the modification, and is the figure which shows the state which the head is arranged in the standby position. 変形例に係る打ち抜き装置の動作説明図であり、ヘッドが第2位置に配置された状態を示す図である。It is an operation explanatory view of the punching apparatus which concerns on the modification, and is the figure which shows the state which the head is arranged in the 2nd position. 変形例に係る打ち抜き装置の動作説明図であり、ヘッドが待機位置に配置された状態を示す図である。It is an operation explanatory view of the punching apparatus which concerns on the modification, and is the figure which shows the state which the head is arranged in the standby position. 変形例に係る打ち抜き装置の打ち抜き動作の一例を示すフローチャートである。It is a flowchart which shows an example of the punching operation of the punching apparatus which concerns on the modification. 変形例に係るパックフィルムおよび包装パックについて、容器フィルムとシートフィルムとの位置関係が正常な状態を示す図である。It is a figure which shows the normal state of the positional relationship between a container film and a sheet film about a pack film and a packaging pack which concerns on a modification. 変形例に係るパックフィルムおよび包装パックについて、容器フィルムがシートフィルムに対してずれている状態を示す図である。It is a figure which shows the state which the container film is deviated from the sheet film about the pack film and the packaging pack which concerns on a modification. 変形例に係る制御装置が実行する送り量調整処理の一例を示すフローチャートである。It is a flowchart which shows an example of the feed amount adjustment process executed by the control device which concerns on a modification. 変形例に係る成型装置およびローラの側面図である。It is a side view of the molding apparatus and a roller which concerns on a modification. 変形例に係る成型装置およびローラの斜視図である。It is a perspective view of the molding apparatus and a roller which concerns on a modification.
 以下、本発明の実施の形態に係る包装機について、図を参照しながら説明する。本実施の形態に係る包装機は、ブリスタパック、PTPパック等の包装パックを製造するためのものである。ここで、包装パックとは、ワークを収容するためのポケットが形成された容器フィルムと、ポケットを塞ぐように容器フィルムに貼着されるカバーフィルムと、を有するものである。ここで、ワークとしては、例えばチューブ状容器、錠剤、食品、電子部品、医療機器等が挙げられる。 Hereinafter, the packaging machine according to the embodiment of the present invention will be described with reference to the drawings. The packaging machine according to the present embodiment is for manufacturing packaging packs such as blister packs and PTP packs. Here, the packaging pack includes a container film in which a pocket for accommodating a work is formed, and a cover film attached to the container film so as to close the pocket. Here, examples of the work include tubular containers, tablets, foods, electronic parts, medical devices, and the like.
 本実施の形態に係る包装機は、図1に示すように、原料フィルム供給ユニット11と、加熱装置29と、成形装置12と、ワーク供給装置50と、外観検査装置13、31と、カバーフィルム供給ユニット15と、シール装置14と、スリット形成打ち抜きユニット17と、ロータリーサクション32と、を備える。また、包装機は、包装パックを集積する集積装置40と、包装パックを集積してなるブロックを選別する選別装置60と、包装パックをロータリーサクション32から受け取り集積装置40へ搬送するパック搬送装置33と、を備える。 As shown in FIG. 1, the packaging machine according to the present embodiment includes a raw material film supply unit 11, a heating device 29, a molding device 12, a work supply device 50, appearance inspection devices 13 and 31, and a cover film. A supply unit 15, a sealing device 14, a slit forming punching unit 17, and a rotary suction 32 are provided. Further, the packaging machine includes a stacking device 40 for accumulating packaging packs, a sorting device 60 for sorting blocks formed by accumulating packaging packs, and a pack transport device 33 for receiving packaging packs from a rotary suction 32 and transporting them to the stacking device 40. And.
 また、包装機は、原料フィルムF1および容器フィルムF2を搬送するチャックフィード232と、固定チャック231と、シール装置14から排出されるパックフィルムF4を案内するガイドローラ241、251およびローラ242、253と、パックフィルムF4を間欠的に下流側へ搬送する搬送部281と、を備える。更に、包装機は、容器フィルムF2のその幅方向における位置ずれを規制する滑りガイド293と、容器フィルムF2に張力を印加する張力印加部291と、張力調整部292と、パックフィルムF4に張力を印加する張力印加部252と、を備える。また、包装機は、後述するスリット形成打ち抜きユニット17のスリット形成装置171におけるパックフィルムF4の位置ずれを補正するためのフィルム位置変更部26と、パックフィルムF4にマークを印字する印字装置27と、スリット形成打ち抜きユニット17から排出されるスクラップを回収する回収ユニット(図示せず)と、を備える。ここで、回収ユニットは、包装パックBPが打ち抜かれた後のパックフィルムF4を短冊状に切断して回収する機構を有する。更に、包装機は、ロータリーサクション32から排出される形状不良の包装パック或いはワークが包装されていない包装パックのようないわゆる包装パックの不良品を回収する回収ユニット(図示せず)を備える。また、包装機は、容器フィルムF2のポケットへワークを供給可能な状態で容器フィルムF2を支持するステージ70と、各装置を制御する制御装置90と、原料フィルム供給ユニット11、成形装置12、外観検査装置13、31、カバーフィルム供給ユニット15、シール装置14、スリット形成打ち抜きユニット17等を収納する包装機本体99と、を備える。なお、図1では図面を明確にするために、制御装置90が、包装機本体99の外側に描かれているが、実際には、包装機本体99の背面側に設置されている。 Further, the packaging machine includes a chuck feed 232 for conveying the raw material film F1 and the container film F2, a fixed chuck 231 and guide rollers 241 and 251 and rollers 242 and 253 for guiding the pack film F4 discharged from the sealing device 14. , A transport unit 281 that intermittently transports the pack film F4 to the downstream side. Further, the packaging machine applies tension to the slip guide 293 that regulates the displacement of the container film F2 in the width direction, the tension applying unit 291 that applies tension to the container film F2, the tension adjusting unit 292, and the pack film F4. A tension application unit 252 to be applied is provided. Further, the packaging machine includes a film position changing portion 26 for correcting a misalignment of the pack film F4 in the slit forming device 171 of the slit forming punching unit 17, which will be described later, and a printing device 27 for printing a mark on the pack film F4. A collection unit (not shown) for collecting scrap discharged from the slit-forming punching unit 17 is provided. Here, the recovery unit has a mechanism for cutting and recovering the pack film F4 after the packaging pack BP has been punched into strips. Further, the packaging machine includes a collection unit (not shown) for collecting defective products of so-called packaging packs such as a packaging pack having a bad shape discharged from the rotary suction 32 or a packaging pack in which a work is not packaged. Further, the packaging machine includes a stage 70 that supports the container film F2 in a state where the work can be supplied to the pocket of the container film F2, a control device 90 that controls each device, a raw material film supply unit 11, a molding device 12, and an appearance. It includes inspection devices 13 and 31, a cover film supply unit 15, a sealing device 14, and a packaging machine main body 99 for accommodating a slit-forming punching unit 17, and the like. Although the control device 90 is drawn on the outside of the wrapping machine main body 99 in FIG. 1 in order to clarify the drawing, it is actually installed on the back side of the wrapping machine main body 99.
 この包装機では、矢印AR1で示すように、原料フィルム供給ユニット11から供給された原料フィルムF1が、チャックフィード232により加熱装置29および成形装置12へ搬送される。そして、矢印AR2に示すように、成形装置12において原料フィルムF1から生成された容器フィルムF2が、シール装置14の搬送部141によりステージ70の上方を通って外観検査装置13およびシール装置14へ搬送される。一方、矢印AR3に示すように、カバーフィルム供給ユニット15から供給されたカバーフィルムF3が、シール装置14の搬送部141によりシール装置14へ搬送される。そして、シール装置14が容器フィルムF2にカバーフィルムF3を貼着することによりパックフィルムF4が生成される。また、矢印AR4に示すように、シール装置14で生成されたパックフィルムF4は、搬送部141により下流側へ搬送される。一方、矢印AR5に示すように、シール装置14の下流側へ搬送されたパックフィルムF4は、搬送部281によりスリット形成打ち抜きユニット17へ間欠的に搬送される。そして、スリット形成打ち抜きユニット17は、スクラップF5を切断してからスクラップ回収部39へ排出する。 In this packaging machine, as shown by the arrow AR1, the raw material film F1 supplied from the raw material film supply unit 11 is conveyed to the heating device 29 and the molding device 12 by the chuck feed 232. Then, as shown by the arrow AR2, the container film F2 generated from the raw material film F1 in the molding apparatus 12 is conveyed to the visual inspection apparatus 13 and the sealing apparatus 14 by the conveying portion 141 of the sealing apparatus 14 through the upper part of the stage 70. Will be done. On the other hand, as shown by the arrow AR3, the cover film F3 supplied from the cover film supply unit 15 is conveyed to the sealing device 14 by the conveying unit 141 of the sealing device 14. Then, the sealing device 14 attaches the cover film F3 to the container film F2 to generate the pack film F4. Further, as shown by the arrow AR4, the pack film F4 generated by the sealing device 14 is conveyed to the downstream side by the conveying unit 141. On the other hand, as shown by the arrow AR5, the pack film F4 conveyed to the downstream side of the sealing device 14 is intermittently conveyed to the slit-forming punching unit 17 by the conveying section 281. Then, the slit forming punching unit 17 cuts the scrap F5 and then discharges it to the scrap collecting unit 39.
 原料フィルム供給ユニット11は、容器フィルムF2の元となる帯状の原料フィルムF1を供給する。原料フィルム供給ユニット11は、原料フィルムF1が巻回されたリール111、112と、フィルム自動接着装置113と、バッファ部118と、を有する。また、原料フィルム供給ユニット11は、リール111、112から供給される原料フィルムF1をフィルム自動接着装置113へ案内するローラ1151、1152、1153と、原料フィルムF1を保持する保持機構1141、1142と、を有する。ここで、保持機構1141、1142は、それぞれ、リール111、112から供給される原料フィルムF1のうち、成形装置12へ送らずに待機させておく方の先端部を保持するチャック1141a、1142aを有する。更に、原料フィルム供給ユニット11は、フィルム自動接着装置113から供給される原料フィルムF1をバッファ部118へ案内するローラ1163、1164と、原料フィルムF1をバッファ部118へ搬送する搬送部1161と、を有する。搬送部1161は、ローラ1161aと、ローラ1161aを駆動するローラ駆動部1161bと、を有する。また、原料フィルム供給ユニット11は、バッファ部118から供給される原料フィルムF1を加熱装置29へ案内するローラ1165と、原料フィルムF1を加熱装置29へ搬送する搬送部1162と、を有する。更に、原料フィルム供給ユニット11は、バッファ部118からの原料フィルムF1の供給が停止している期間中における原料フィルムF1の下流側への供給を継続させるためのバッファ部117と、バッファ部117から供給される原料フィルムF1を加熱装置29へ案内するローラ1155と、を有する。搬送部1162は、ローラ1162aと、ローラ1162aを駆動するローラ駆動部1162bと、を有する。原料フィルムF1としては、いわゆるソフトフィルム、即ち、厚さが0.1mm未満のポリ塩化ビニル製フィルムのようなプラスチックフィルム、いわゆるハードフィルム、即ち、厚さが0.1mm超のポリ塩化ビニル製フィルムのようなプラスチックフィルム、アルミフィルムのような金属フィルム、或いは、ガスバリヤフィルムのような複合フィルム等が挙げられる。 The raw material film supply unit 11 supplies the strip-shaped raw material film F1 that is the source of the container film F2. The raw material film supply unit 11 includes reels 111 and 112 around which the raw material film F1 is wound, an automatic film bonding device 113, and a buffer unit 118. Further, the raw material film supply unit 11 includes rollers 1151, 1152, 1153 for guiding the raw material film F1 supplied from the reels 111 and 112 to the automatic film bonding device 113, holding mechanisms 1141 and 1142 for holding the raw material film F1. Has. Here, the holding mechanisms 1141 and 1142 have chucks 1141a and 1142a that hold the tip portions of the raw material films F1 supplied from the reels 111 and 112 that are kept on standby without being sent to the molding apparatus 12, respectively. .. Further, the raw material film supply unit 11 includes rollers 1163 and 1164 for guiding the raw material film F1 supplied from the automatic film bonding device 113 to the buffer unit 118, and a transport unit 1161 for transporting the raw material film F1 to the buffer unit 118. Have. The transport unit 1161 has a roller 1161a and a roller drive unit 1161b that drives the roller 1161a. Further, the raw material film supply unit 11 includes a roller 1165 that guides the raw material film F1 supplied from the buffer unit 118 to the heating device 29, and a transport unit 1162 that conveys the raw material film F1 to the heating device 29. Further, the raw material film supply unit 11 has a buffer unit 117 for continuing the supply of the raw material film F1 to the downstream side during the period when the supply of the raw material film F1 from the buffer unit 118 is stopped, and the buffer unit 117. It has a roller 1155 that guides the supplied raw material film F1 to the heating device 29. The transport unit 1162 has a roller 1162a and a roller drive unit 1162b that drives the roller 1162a. The raw material film F1 is a so-called soft film, that is, a plastic film such as a polyvinyl chloride film having a thickness of less than 0.1 mm, that is, a so-called hard film, that is, a polyvinyl chloride film having a thickness of more than 0.1 mm. Such as plastic film, metal film such as aluminum film, composite film such as gas barrier film and the like.
 フィルム自動接着装置113は、リール111、112のいずれか一方から供給される原料フィルムF1が無くなったことを検知すると、その一方から供給される原料フィルムF1の終端部分に他方から供給される原料フィルムF1の先端部分を接着する。フィルム自動接着装置113は、リール111、112のいずれか一方から供給された原料フィルムF1に他方から供給される原料フィルムF1を接着する処理を実行している期間だけ、原料フィルムF1の下流側への供給を停止する。 When the automatic film bonding device 113 detects that the raw material film F1 supplied from either one of the reels 111 or 112 has run out, the raw material film supplied from the other to the terminal portion of the raw material film F1 supplied from one of the reels 111 or 112. The tip of F1 is glued. The automatic film bonding device 113 moves to the downstream side of the raw material film F1 only during the period during which the raw material film F1 supplied from the other of the reels 111 and 112 is bonded to the raw material film F1 supplied from the other. Stop the supply of.
 バッファ部118は、原料フィルムF1を蓄積し、フィルム自動接着装置113からの原料フィルムF1の供給が停止している期間中、蓄積した原料フィルムF1を下流側へ供給する。バッファ部114は、図2Aに示すように、ローラ1181、1182、1183、1184、1185を有する。2つのローラ1182、1184は、鉛直方向に直交する方向に並設され、鉛直上方に原料フィルムF1が張架される。ここで、ローラ1184は、駆動部(図示せず)により回転されることにより原料フィルムF1を下流側へ送る。なお、ローラ1181、1182、1183、1184、1185それぞれの回転軸方向における両端部に、原料フィルムF1の蛇行を規制するためのガイド部(図示せず)が回転軸に直交する方向へ張り出すように設けられていてもよい。ローラ1181、1185は、バッファ部118内において原料フィルムF1を案内する。ローラ1183は、バッファ部118内に配置され、2つのローラ1182、1184の間において鉛直方向に移動自在である。ローラ1183は、原料フィルムF1の鉛直上方から接触して鉛直下方へ押圧することにより、原料フィルムF1に張力を印加する。矢印AR31に示すように、フィルム自動接着装置113から原料フィルムF1が供給されている間、ローラ1183の位置は、バッファ部118内における予め設定された基準位置の近傍で維持される。一方、フィルム自動接着装置113において原料フィルムF1を接着する処理を実行している期間では、フィルム自動接着装置113からバッファ部118への原料フィルムF1の供給が停止する。この場合、図2Bの矢印AR32に示すように、バッファ部118から下流側へ原料フィルムF1が搬送されるに伴って、ローラ1183が鉛直上方へ移動していく。このようにして、バッファ部118は、フィルム自動接着装置113からの原料フィルムF1の供給が停止している期間中、原料フィルムF1の下流側への供給を継続する。 The buffer unit 118 accumulates the raw material film F1 and supplies the accumulated raw material film F1 to the downstream side while the supply of the raw material film F1 from the automatic film bonding device 113 is stopped. As shown in FIG. 2A, the buffer unit 114 has rollers 1181, 1182, 1183, 1184, and 1185. The two rollers 1182 and 1184 are arranged side by side in a direction orthogonal to the vertical direction, and the raw material film F1 is stretched vertically above. Here, the roller 1184 feeds the raw material film F1 to the downstream side by being rotated by a driving unit (not shown). At both ends of the rollers 1181, 1182, 1183, 1184, and 1185 in the direction of the rotation axis, guide portions (not shown) for regulating the meandering of the raw material film F1 are projected in the direction orthogonal to the rotation axis. It may be provided in. The rollers 1181 and 1185 guide the raw material film F1 in the buffer portion 118. The roller 1183 is arranged in the buffer portion 118 and is movable in the vertical direction between the two rollers 1182 and 1184. The roller 1183 contacts the raw material film F1 from above and presses it vertically downward to apply tension to the raw material film F1. As shown by the arrow AR31, the position of the roller 1183 is maintained in the vicinity of the preset reference position in the buffer portion 118 while the raw material film F1 is supplied from the film automatic bonding device 113. On the other hand, during the period in which the process of adhering the raw material film F1 is being executed in the film automatic bonding device 113, the supply of the raw material film F1 from the film automatic bonding device 113 to the buffer portion 118 is stopped. In this case, as shown by the arrow AR32 in FIG. 2B, the roller 1183 moves vertically upward as the raw material film F1 is conveyed from the buffer portion 118 to the downstream side. In this way, the buffer unit 118 continues to supply the raw material film F1 to the downstream side while the supply of the raw material film F1 from the automatic film bonding device 113 is stopped.
 バッファ部117は、搬送部1162のローラ1162aとローラ1155の間に張架された原料フィルムF1におけるローラ1162a、1155の間の部分に鉛直上方から接触して鉛直下方へ押圧することにより、原料フィルムF1に張力を印加する。バッファ部117は、原料フィルムF1に鉛直上方から接触するローラ1171と、長尺であり長手方向の一端部にローラ1171が取り付けられたアーム1172と、を有する。また、バッファ部117は、アーム1172の長手方向における他端部において、アーム1172の一端部が他端部を基点として旋回自在となるようにアーム1172を支持する支持部1173を有する。 The buffer portion 117 contacts the portion between the rollers 1162a and 1155 of the raw material film F1 stretched between the rollers 1162a and the roller 1155 of the transport portion 1162 from above vertically and presses the raw material film vertically downward. Tension is applied to F1. The buffer portion 117 includes a roller 1171 that comes into contact with the raw material film F1 from above vertically, and an arm 1172 that is long and has a roller 1171 attached to one end in the longitudinal direction. Further, the buffer portion 117 has a support portion 1173 that supports the arm 1172 at the other end portion in the longitudinal direction of the arm 1172 so that one end portion of the arm 1172 can swing around the other end portion as a base point.
 加熱装置29は、例えば図3に示すように、原料フィルムF1の厚さ方向における両側それぞれに対向して配置されヒータ(図示せず)を内蔵する伝熱板2901、2902と、伝熱板2901、2902を支持するとともに伝熱板2901、2902を鉛直方向へ駆動する駆動ユニット2903、2904と、を有する。伝熱板2901、2902は、例えば熱伝導率が高い金属から形成されている。成形装置12は、原料フィルムF1にポケットPo1を成形することにより帯状の容器フィルムF2を生成する。成形装置12は、原料フィルムF1の鉛直上方に配置された第1金型123と、原料フィルムF1の鉛直下方に配置された第2金型122と、を有する。第2金型122には、原料フィルムF1に形成予定のポケットPo1の内側形状よりも若干小さい外形を有するプラグ122aと、気体を吐出する吐出孔(図示せず)と、が設けられている。ここで、プラグ122aは、吐出孔の内側に配置され吐出孔の外側へ突出可能となっている。また、このプラグ122aには、原料フィルムF1の温度低下を抑制するためのヒータ(図示せず)が内蔵されている。なお、プラグ122aは、ヒータが内蔵されていないものであってもよい。一方、第1金型123には、原料フィルムF1に形成予定のポケットPo1の外側形状に対応した凹部123aが設けられている。また、成形装置12は、第1金型123を鉛直方向へ駆動する駆動部124と、プラグ122aを鉛直方向へ駆動する駆動部125と、気体を供給する気体供給部(図示せず)と、駆動部124、125および気体供給部を支持する装置本体121と、を有する。気体供給部は、例えば成形装置12が設置された工場に設けられたコンプレッサ(図示せず)に接続され、第2金型122の吐出孔へ気体を供給する。第1金型123および第2金型122は、生成しようとする容器フィルムF2のポケットPo1の深さおよび開口部分の面積に応じて適宜変更されてもよい。 As shown in FIG. 3, for example, the heating devices 29 are heat transfer plates 2901 and 2902 and heat transfer plates 2901 which are arranged to face each other on both sides in the thickness direction of the raw material film F1 and have a built-in heater (not shown). , 2902, and the drive units 2903 and 2904 that drive the heat transfer plates 2901 and 2902 in the vertical direction. The heat transfer plates 2901 and 2902 are formed of, for example, a metal having a high thermal conductivity. The molding apparatus 12 produces a strip-shaped container film F2 by molding the pocket Po1 on the raw material film F1. The molding apparatus 12 has a first mold 123 arranged vertically above the raw material film F1 and a second mold 122 arranged vertically below the raw material film F1. The second mold 122 is provided with a plug 122a having an outer shape slightly smaller than the inner shape of the pocket Po1 to be formed on the raw material film F1, and a discharge hole (not shown) for discharging gas. Here, the plug 122a is arranged inside the discharge hole and can protrude to the outside of the discharge hole. Further, the plug 122a has a built-in heater (not shown) for suppressing a temperature drop of the raw material film F1. The plug 122a may not have a built-in heater. On the other hand, the first mold 123 is provided with a recess 123a corresponding to the outer shape of the pocket Po1 to be formed in the raw material film F1. Further, the molding apparatus 12 includes a drive unit 124 that drives the first mold 123 in the vertical direction, a drive unit 125 that drives the plug 122a in the vertical direction, and a gas supply unit (not shown) that supplies gas. It has a drive unit 124, 125 and a device main body 121 that supports a gas supply unit. The gas supply unit is connected to, for example, a compressor (not shown) provided in a factory where the molding apparatus 12 is installed, and supplies gas to the discharge hole of the second mold 122. The first mold 123 and the second mold 122 may be appropriately changed depending on the depth of the pocket Po1 of the container film F2 to be produced and the area of the opening portion.
 成形装置12は、成形装置12内に原料フィルムF1が配置された状態で、第1金型123を鉛直下方へ移動させて第1金型123により原料フィルムF1を第2金型122へ押し付ける。これにより、原料フィルムF1におけるポケットPo1の外周部が、第1金型123および第2金型122により挟持(クランプ)された状態となる。そして、成形装置12は、第1金型123のプラグ122aを、成形しようとするポケットPo1の深さに応じた突出量だけ鉛直上方へ突出させて原料フィルムF1を引き延ばす。なお、このときのプラグの突出量は、生成しようとするポケットPo1に要請される肉厚分布に応じて適宜調整してもよい。そして、成形装置12は、プラグ122aを鉛直上方へ突出させた状態で、吐出孔から気体を吐出させることにより、ポケットPo1を有する容器フィルムF2を生成する。 The molding apparatus 12 moves the first mold 123 vertically downward and presses the raw material film F1 against the second mold 122 by the first mold 123 in a state where the raw material film F1 is arranged in the molding apparatus 12. As a result, the outer peripheral portion of the pocket Po1 in the raw material film F1 is in a state of being clamped by the first mold 123 and the second mold 122. Then, the molding apparatus 12 extends the raw material film F1 by projecting the plug 122a of the first mold 123 vertically upward by the amount of protrusion corresponding to the depth of the pocket Po1 to be molded. The amount of protrusion of the plug at this time may be appropriately adjusted according to the wall thickness distribution required for the pocket Po1 to be generated. Then, the molding apparatus 12 generates the container film F2 having the pocket Po1 by discharging the gas from the discharge hole in a state where the plug 122a is projected vertically upward.
 固定チャック231は、図4Aに示すように、容器フィルムF2を鉛直下方から支持する支持部231aと、容器フィルムF2の鉛直上方から支持部231aとともに容器フィルムF2を挟持する挟持部231bと、挟持部231bを鉛直方向に駆動する駆動部231cと、を有する。チャックフィード232は、容器フィルムF2を挟持するチャック2321と、チャック2321を容器フィルムF2の送り方向に沿って移動させるチャック移動機構2322と、を有する第2搬送部である。チャック2321は、容器フィルムF2を鉛直下方から支持する支持部2321aと、容器フィルムF2の鉛直上方から支持部2321aとともに容器フィルムF2を挟持する挟持部2321bと、挟持部2321bを鉛直方向に駆動する駆動部2321cと、を有する。なお、チャックフィード232は、容器フィルムF2の幅方向全体に亘る部分を挟持するものであってもよいし、容器フィルムF2の幅方向における両端部を挟持するものであってもよい。或いは、チャックフィード232が、容器フィルムF2の幅方向における一部分を挟持するものであってもよい。 As shown in FIG. 4A, the fixed chuck 231 includes a support portion 231a that supports the container film F2 from vertically below, a sandwiching portion 231b that sandwiches the container film F2 together with the support portion 231a from vertically above the container film F2, and a sandwiching portion. It has a drive unit 231c that drives the 231b in the vertical direction. The chuck feed 232 is a second transport unit having a chuck 2321 that sandwiches the container film F2 and a chuck moving mechanism 2322 that moves the chuck 2321 along the feeding direction of the container film F2. The chuck 2321 drives the support portion 2321a that supports the container film F2 from vertically below, the sandwiching portion 2321b that sandwiches the container film F2 together with the support portion 2321a from above the container film F2, and the sandwiching portion 2321b in the vertical direction. It has a part 2321c and. The chuck feed 232 may sandwich a portion of the container film F2 over the entire width direction, or may sandwich both ends of the container film F2 in the width direction. Alternatively, the chuck feed 232 may sandwich a part of the container film F2 in the width direction.
 ここで、チャックフィード232の動作について説明する。まず、成形装置12が第1金型123と第2金型122とで原料フィルムF1を挟持するとき、固定チャック231が、図4Aの矢印AR21に示すように、容器フィルムF2を挟持する。このとき、チャックフィード232のチャック2321は、図4Aの矢印AR22に示すように、容器フィルムF2の上流側へ移動する。次に、成形装置12が第2金型122から第1金型123を離脱させる前に、チャックフィード232のチャック2321が、図4Bの矢印AR23に示すように、容器フィルムF2を挟持する。続いて、固定チャック231が、図4Bの矢印AR24に示すように、容器フィルムF2の挟持を解除する。その後、チャックフィード232のチャック移動機構2322が、図4Cの矢印AR25に示すようにチャック2321を下流側へ移動させる。これにより、図4Cの矢印AR1に示すように、容器フィルムF2が下流側へ搬送される。固定チャック231が、再び容器フィルムF2を挟持し、チャックフィード232のチャック2321が、容器フィルムF2の挟持を解除する。そして、チャック移動機構2322が、チャック2321を容器フィルムF2の上流側、即ち、固定チャック231へ近づく方向へ移動させる。以後、チャックフィード232が、前述の一連の動作を繰り返すことにより、容器フィルムF2が下流側へ間欠的に搬送されていく。 Here, the operation of the chuck feed 232 will be described. First, when the molding apparatus 12 sandwiches the raw material film F1 between the first mold 123 and the second mold 122, the fixed chuck 231 sandwiches the container film F2 as shown by the arrow AR21 in FIG. 4A. At this time, the chuck 2321 of the chuck feed 232 moves to the upstream side of the container film F2 as shown by the arrow AR22 in FIG. 4A. Next, before the molding apparatus 12 separates the first mold 123 from the second mold 122, the chuck 2321 of the chuck feed 232 sandwiches the container film F2 as shown by the arrow AR23 in FIG. 4B. Subsequently, the fixed chuck 231 releases the pinching of the container film F2 as shown by the arrow AR24 in FIG. 4B. After that, the chuck moving mechanism 2322 of the chuck feed 232 moves the chuck 2321 to the downstream side as shown by the arrow AR25 in FIG. 4C. As a result, as shown by the arrow AR1 in FIG. 4C, the container film F2 is conveyed to the downstream side. The fixed chuck 231 holds the container film F2 again, and the chuck 2321 of the chuck feed 232 releases the holding of the container film F2. Then, the chuck moving mechanism 2322 moves the chuck 2321 toward the upstream side of the container film F2, that is, in the direction approaching the fixed chuck 231. After that, the chuck feed 232 repeats the above-mentioned series of operations, so that the container film F2 is intermittently conveyed to the downstream side.
 図1に戻って、滑りガイド293は、容器フィルムF2に摺接する湾曲面293aを有し、容器フィルムF2を摺動自在に支持する。滑りガイド293における少なくとも湾曲面293aを含む部分は、ポリテトラフルオロエチレン、ポリエチレン、ポリアセタール等の樹脂材料またはステンレスのような金属から形成されている。また、容器フィルムF2のポケットPo1の変形を抑制する観点から、湾曲面293aの曲率半径は、少なくともポケットPo1の容器フィルムF2の搬送方向における長さよりも長いほうが好ましい。なお、曲率半径は、容器フィルムF2の幅方向の長さよりも長いほうがより好ましい。張力印加部291は、滑りガイド293と張力調整部292との間に張架された容器フィルムF2における滑りガイド293と張力調整部292との間の部分に接触して鉛直下方へ押圧することにより、容器フィルムF2に張力を印加する。張力印加部291は、容器フィルムF2に接触するローラ2911と、長尺であり長手方向の一端部にローラ2911が回転自在に取り付けられたアーム2912と、を有する。また、張力印加部291は、アーム2912の長手方向における他端部において、アーム2912の一端部が他端部を基点として旋回自在となるようにアーム2912を支持する支持部2913を有する。張力調整部292は、容器フィルムF2が巻回されるローラ2921と、ローラ2921にドリブンメンバシャフト(図示せず)を介して連結されたパウダクラッチブレーキ2922と、を有する。張力調整部292は、パウダクラッチブレーキ2922によりローラ2921の回転トルクを調節して、ローラ2921とシール装置14の搬送部141との間に張架される容器フィルムF2に加わる張力を調整する。 Returning to FIG. 1, the sliding guide 293 has a curved surface 293a that is in sliding contact with the container film F2, and slidably supports the container film F2. The portion of the slide guide 293 including at least the curved surface 293a is formed of a resin material such as polytetrafluoroethylene, polyethylene, polyacetal, or a metal such as stainless steel. Further, from the viewpoint of suppressing the deformation of the pocket Po1 of the container film F2, the radius of curvature of the curved surface 293a is preferably at least longer than the length of the pocket Po1 in the transport direction of the container film F2. The radius of curvature is more preferably longer than the length of the container film F2 in the width direction. The tension applying portion 291 comes into contact with a portion between the sliding guide 293 and the tension adjusting portion 292 in the container film F2 stretched between the sliding guide 293 and the tension adjusting portion 292 and presses vertically downward. , Tension is applied to the container film F2. The tension applying portion 291 includes a roller 2911 that comes into contact with the container film F2, and an arm 2912 that is long and has a roller 2911 rotatably attached to one end in the longitudinal direction. Further, the tension application portion 291 has a support portion 2913 that supports the arm 2912 at the other end portion in the longitudinal direction of the arm 2912 so that one end portion of the arm 2912 can rotate around the other end portion as a base point. The tension adjusting unit 292 includes a roller 2921 around which the container film F2 is wound, and a powder clutch brake 2922 connected to the roller 2921 via a driven member shaft (not shown). The tension adjusting unit 292 adjusts the rotational torque of the roller 2921 by the powder clutch brake 2922 to adjust the tension applied to the container film F2 stretched between the roller 2921 and the conveying unit 141 of the sealing device 14.
 ワーク供給装置50は、ステージ70の上方に容器フィルムF2が配置された状態で、容器フィルムF2の各ポケットへワークを投入していく。ワーク供給装置50は、図5に示すように、ホッパ51と、ワークフィーダ521、53と、ワークフィーダ521を振動させる振動装置522と、ワークフィーダ53を振動させる振動装置57と、コイルシュート54と、ワークフィーダ53に固定されコイルシュート54を支持する固定部材55と、を有する。また、ワーク供給装置50は、ワークフィーダ53に保持されたワークの総重量を計測する計量部(図示せず)を有する。振動装置522は、ワークフィーダ521を振動させることにより、ホッパ51からワークフィーダ521へ供給されたワークをワークフィーダ53へ供給する。ワークフィーダ53は、有底円筒状であり、底壁531が鉛直下方側、即ち、-Z方向側に位置する姿勢で配置された状態で内側にワークを保持する。また、ワークフィーダ53は、その底壁531の一部から側壁532に亘って開口する開口部531aが穿設されている。振動装置57は、ワークフィーダ53を振動させることによりワークフィーダ53内に保持されたワークをワークフィーダ53の周方向へ移動させる。振動装置522は、振動装置57とは独立してワークフィーダ53を振動させる。振動装置522は、計量部により計測されるワークフィーダ53に保持されたワークの総重量が予め設定された基準重量以下になると、ワークフィーダ521を振動させてワークフィーダ53へワークを供給する。このようにして、ワーク供給装置50は、ワークフィーダ53が保持するワークの総重量が略一定で推移するようにしている。 The work supply device 50 puts the work into each pocket of the container film F2 in a state where the container film F2 is arranged above the stage 70. As shown in FIG. 5, the work supply device 50 includes a hopper 51, work feeders 521 and 53, a vibrating device 522 that vibrates the work feeder 521, a vibrating device 57 that vibrates the work feeder 53, and a coil chute 54. , A fixing member 55 fixed to the work feeder 53 and supporting the coil chute 54. Further, the work supply device 50 has a measuring unit (not shown) for measuring the total weight of the work held by the work feeder 53. The vibrating device 522 vibrates the work feeder 521 to supply the work supplied from the hopper 51 to the work feeder 521 to the work feeder 53. The work feeder 53 has a bottomed cylindrical shape, and holds the work inside in a state where the bottom wall 531 is arranged vertically downward, that is, in a posture of being located on the −Z direction side. Further, the work feeder 53 is provided with an opening 531a that opens from a part of the bottom wall 531 to the side wall 532. The vibrating device 57 vibrates the work feeder 53 to move the work held in the work feeder 53 in the circumferential direction of the work feeder 53. The vibrating device 522 vibrates the work feeder 53 independently of the vibrating device 57. When the total weight of the work held by the work feeder 53 measured by the measuring unit becomes equal to or less than a preset reference weight, the vibrating device 522 vibrates the work feeder 521 to supply the work to the work feeder 53. In this way, the work supply device 50 keeps the total weight of the work held by the work feeder 53 substantially constant.
 コイルシュート54は、ワークフィーダ53の内側に保持されたワークを容器フィルムF2のポケットへ案内するためのものである。コイルシュート54は、長尺円筒状のコイルばねから形成されており、一端部がワークフィーダ53の内側に連通している。また、コイルシュート54の他端部には、容器フィルムF2がステージ70の上方に配置された状態で、容器フィルムF2ポケットから予め設定された距離だけ離間した位置に配置されコイルシュート54から導入されるワークをポケットに案内するガイド部56が設けられている。 The coil chute 54 is for guiding the work held inside the work feeder 53 to the pocket of the container film F2. The coil chute 54 is formed of a long cylindrical coil spring, and one end thereof communicates with the inside of the work feeder 53. Further, at the other end of the coil chute 54, the container film F2 is arranged above the stage 70 and is arranged at a position separated from the container film F2 pocket by a preset distance and introduced from the coil chute 54. A guide portion 56 is provided to guide the work to the pocket.
 固定部材55は、ワークフィーダ53の開口部531aに固定されている。固定部材55は、図6に示すように、3つの溝554と、4つのリブ551と、側壁553と、を有する。4つのリブ551は、長尺板状であり、固定部材55の+Z方向側に設けられている。4つのリブ551は、それぞれ、長手方向がワークフィーダ53を平面視したときの周縁の接線方向に沿うように、ワークフィーダ53の径方向に並ぶように配設されている。そして、3つの溝554は、それぞれ、固定部材55における4つのリブ551の間において、リブ551の長手方向に沿って延在している。また、固定部材55における3つの溝554の端部には、固定部材55を厚さ方向に貫通する3つの貫通孔55aが穿設されている。また、固定部材55には、図7に示すように、内部が固定部材55内に設けられた空気流路55cに連通する管状の接続部552が取り付けられている。接続部552は、空気源AGに接続されており、空気源AGから送出される圧縮空気が接続部552を通じて空気流路55c内へ導入される。また、固定部材55には、一端側で空気流路55cに連通し他端側が貫通孔55a内に開口し空気流路55cに導入された空気を貫通孔55a内へ吐出する気体吐出部(図示せず)が設けられている。ここで、気体吐出部の貫通孔55a内への開口部分の大きさ、或いは、開口部分の位置は、特に限定されるものではない。気体吐出部55bは、ワークフィーダ53の内側に保持されたワークが固定部材55における貫通孔55a近傍に供給されると、そのワークを、コイルシュート54の内側へ向かう方向へ付勢する形でワークへ気体を吹き付ける。 The fixing member 55 is fixed to the opening 531a of the work feeder 53. As shown in FIG. 6, the fixing member 55 has three grooves 554, four ribs 551, and a side wall 553. The four ribs 551 have a long plate shape and are provided on the + Z direction side of the fixing member 55. The four ribs 551 are arranged so as to be aligned in the radial direction of the work feeder 53 so that the longitudinal direction is along the tangential direction of the peripheral edge when the work feeder 53 is viewed in a plan view. The three grooves 554 extend along the longitudinal direction of the ribs 551 between the four ribs 551 of the fixing member 55, respectively. Further, three through holes 55a that penetrate the fixing member 55 in the thickness direction are bored at the ends of the three grooves 554 in the fixing member 55. Further, as shown in FIG. 7, the fixing member 55 is attached with a tubular connecting portion 552 whose inside communicates with the air flow path 55c provided in the fixing member 55. The connecting portion 552 is connected to the air source AG, and the compressed air sent from the air source AG is introduced into the air flow path 55c through the connecting portion 552. Further, the fixing member 55 has a gas discharge portion that communicates with the air flow path 55c on one end side and opens in the through hole 55a on the other end side to discharge the air introduced into the air flow path 55c into the through hole 55a (FIG. Not shown) is provided. Here, the size of the opening portion into the through hole 55a of the gas discharge portion or the position of the opening portion is not particularly limited. When the work held inside the work feeder 53 is supplied to the vicinity of the through hole 55a in the fixing member 55, the gas discharge unit 55b urges the work toward the inside of the coil chute 54. Blow gas into.
 図1に戻って、外観検査装置13は、シール装置14の上流側に配置されている。外観検査装置13は、容器フィルムF2を撮像する撮像部131と、撮像部131を収容する筐体132と、を有する。撮像部131は、ワークがポケットに収納された容器フィルムF2を撮像して得られる画像情報を制御装置90へ送信する第2撮像部である。ここで、撮像部131しては、3次元スキャン装置、レーザスキャン装置等を採用できる。 Returning to FIG. 1, the visual inspection device 13 is arranged on the upstream side of the sealing device 14. The visual inspection device 13 includes an imaging unit 131 that images the container film F2, and a housing 132 that houses the imaging unit 131. The imaging unit 131 is a second imaging unit that transmits image information obtained by imaging the container film F2 in which the work is stored in the pocket to the control device 90. Here, as the imaging unit 131, a three-dimensional scanning device, a laser scanning device, or the like can be adopted.
 カバーフィルム供給ユニット15は、帯状のカバーフィルムF3を供給する。カバーフィルム供給ユニット15は、カバーフィルムF3が巻回されたリール151と、リール151から供給されるカバーフィルムF3をシール装置14へ案内するローラ1521、1522、1523と、張力調整部153と、位置センサ154と、を有する。カバーフィルムF3としては、アルミフィルムのような金属フィルム、或いは、ガスバリヤフィルムのような複合フィルム等が挙げられる。張力調整部153は、カバーフィルムF3の張力を調整するためのものであり、カバーフィルムF3が巻回されるローラ1531と、ローラ1531にドリブンメンバシャフト(図示せず)を介して連結されたパウダクラッチブレーキ1532と、を有する。張力調整部153は、パウダクラッチブレーキ1532によりローラ1531の回転トルクを調節して、ローラ1531とシール装置14の搬送部141との間に張架されるカバーフィルムF3に加わる張力を調整する。位置センサ154は、カバーフィルムF3に設けられたマークを検出することにより、カバーフィルムF3の搬送方向における予め設定された基準位置からの位置ずれ量を検出する。そして、張力調整部153は、位置センサ154により検出される基準位置からの位置ずれ量に基づいて、基準位置からの位置ずれ量が減少するようにローラ1531の回転トルクを調整する。 The cover film supply unit 15 supplies the strip-shaped cover film F3. The cover film supply unit 15 is positioned by the reel 151 around which the cover film F3 is wound, the rollers 1521, 1522, 1523 that guide the cover film F3 supplied from the reel 151 to the sealing device 14, and the tension adjusting unit 153. It has a sensor 154 and. Examples of the cover film F3 include a metal film such as an aluminum film, a composite film such as a gas barrier film, and the like. The tension adjusting unit 153 is for adjusting the tension of the cover film F3, and is a powder connected to the roller 1531 around which the cover film F3 is wound and the roller 1531 via a driven member shaft (not shown). It has a clutch brake 1532 and. The tension adjusting unit 153 adjusts the rotational torque of the roller 1531 by the powder clutch brake 1532 to adjust the tension applied to the cover film F3 stretched between the roller 1531 and the transport unit 141 of the sealing device 14. The position sensor 154 detects the amount of misalignment from the preset reference position in the transport direction of the cover film F3 by detecting the mark provided on the cover film F3. Then, the tension adjusting unit 153 adjusts the rotational torque of the roller 1531 so that the amount of misalignment from the reference position is reduced based on the amount of misalignment from the reference position detected by the position sensor 154.
 シール装置14は、容器フィルムF2のポケットPo1にワークが収容された状態で、容器フィルムF2にカバーフィルムF3を貼着することによりポケットPo1をシールする。シール装置14は、容器フィルムF2、カバーフィルムF3およびパックフィルムF4を連続的に下流側へ搬送する搬送部141と、カバーフィルムF3を加熱しつつ容器フィルムF2にカバーフィルムF3を押し付けることによりカバーフィルムF3を容器フィルムF2に貼着する押圧部142と、を有する。また、シール装置14は、カバーフィルム供給ユニット15から供給されるカバーフィルムF3を搬送部141へ案内するローラ1441を有する。 The sealing device 14 seals the pocket Po1 by attaching the cover film F3 to the container film F2 in a state where the work is housed in the pocket Po1 of the container film F2. The sealing device 14 presses the cover film F3 against the container film F2 while heating the transport portion 141 that continuously conveys the container film F2, the cover film F3, and the pack film F4 to the downstream side, and the cover film F3. It has a pressing portion 142 for attaching F3 to the container film F2. Further, the sealing device 14 has a roller 1441 that guides the cover film F3 supplied from the cover film supply unit 15 to the transport unit 141.
 搬送部141は、図8Aに示すように、カバーフィルムF3を支持する円筒状のホイール141aと、ホイール141aに固定された伝熱部材141cと、長尺な円筒状であり先端部に伝熱部材141cが固定された支軸141dと、ホイール141aを伝熱部材141cに固定する固定部材141bと、を有する。また、搬送部141は、伝熱部材141cを冷却することにより伝熱部材141cに固定されたホイール141aを冷却する冷却機構141gと、支軸141dを回転駆動する駆動部141hと、を有する。更に、搬送部141は、支軸141dを3つの軸受141mを介して保持する保持部141pと、保持部141pを包装機本体99に固定するための固定部材141jと、を有する。 As shown in FIG. 8A, the transport portion 141 has a cylindrical wheel 141a that supports the cover film F3, a heat transfer member 141c fixed to the wheel 141a, and a long cylindrical heat transfer member at the tip. It has a support shaft 141d to which 141c is fixed, and a fixing member 141b for fixing the wheel 141a to the heat transfer member 141c. Further, the transport unit 141 includes a cooling mechanism 141g for cooling the wheel 141a fixed to the heat transfer member 141c by cooling the heat transfer member 141c, and a drive unit 141h for rotationally driving the support shaft 141d. Further, the transport portion 141 has a holding portion 141p for holding the support shaft 141d via three bearings 141m, and a fixing member 141j for fixing the holding portion 141p to the packaging machine main body 99.
 ホイール141aは、周面に容器フィルムF2のポケットを掛止する複数の凹部141eが並設された円筒状部1411aと、円板状であり周部が円筒状部1411aの筒軸方向における中央部に連続し中央部に開口部1413aが穿設された支持板1412aと、を有する。そして、駆動部141hは、ホイール141aの複数の凹部141eの一部に容器フィルムF2のポケットが掛止された状態で、ホイール141aを回転させる。これにより、容器フィルムF2にカバーフィルムF3が貼着されてなるパックフィルムF4が、シール装置14の下流側へ連続的に搬送される。伝熱部材141cは、金属から有底円筒状に形成され底壁に+X方向側に突出しホイール141aの開口部1413aに嵌入される突出部1414cが設けられた本体部1411cと、金属から中央部に開口部1415cが穿設された円板状に形成され開口部1415cの周部が支軸141dに固定されるとともに本体部1411cの-X方向側の開口部分を覆う蓋部1412cと、蓋部1412cを本体部1411cに固定するための螺子1413cと、を有する。伝熱部材141cの本体部1411cの外径は、ホイール141aの円筒状部1411aの内径よりも短く、本体部1411cの側壁と円筒状部1411aの内壁との間P141には、隙間が形成されている。 The wheel 141a has a cylindrical portion 1411a in which a plurality of recesses 141e for hooking pockets of the container film F2 are arranged side by side on the peripheral surface, and a disk-shaped peripheral portion having a central portion in the cylindrical axial direction of the cylindrical portion 1411a. It has a support plate 1412a in which an opening 1413a is bored in a central portion thereof. Then, the drive unit 141h rotates the wheel 141a in a state where the pocket of the container film F2 is hooked on a part of the plurality of recesses 141e of the wheel 141a. As a result, the pack film F4 in which the cover film F3 is attached to the container film F2 is continuously conveyed to the downstream side of the sealing device 14. The heat transfer member 141c has a main body portion 1411c formed from metal in a bottomed cylindrical shape and having a protruding portion 1414c protruding from the bottom wall in the + X direction and fitted into the opening 1413a of the wheel 141a, and from the metal to the central portion. The opening 1415c is formed in a disk shape, and the peripheral portion of the opening 1415c is fixed to the support shaft 141d, and the lid portion 1412c and the lid portion 1412c covering the opening portion on the −X direction side of the main body portion 1411c are formed. Has a screw 1413c for fixing the body to the main body 1411c. The outer diameter of the main body portion 1411c of the heat transfer member 141c is shorter than the inner diameter of the cylindrical portion 1411a of the wheel 141a, and a gap is formed between the side wall of the main body portion 1411c and the inner wall of the cylindrical portion 1411a. There is.
 固定部材141bは、中央部が-X方向側へ突出しホイール141aの支持板1412aの開口部1413aに+X方向側から取り付けられるとともに周部が支持板1412aにおける開口部1413aの外周部に螺子1413bにより固定された本体部1411bと、本体部1411bを伝熱部材141cにおける開口部1413aの突出部1414cに着脱自在に取り付けるための取付部材1412bと、を有する。冷却機構141gが伝熱部材141cを冷却することにより、ホイール141aが伝熱部材141cと熱交換することにより冷却される。 The fixing member 141b has a central portion protruding in the −X direction side and is attached to the opening 1413a of the support plate 1412a of the wheel 141a from the + X direction side, and the peripheral portion is fixed to the outer peripheral portion of the opening 1413a in the support plate 1412a by a screw 1413b. It has a main body portion 1411b and a mounting member 1412b for detachably attaching the main body portion 1411b to the protruding portion 1414c of the opening 1413a in the heat transfer member 141c. The cooling mechanism 141g cools the heat transfer member 141c, and the wheel 141a cools by exchanging heat with the heat transfer member 141c.
 ここで、本実施の形態に係る搬送部141の特徴を図8Bに示す比較例に係る搬送部9141と比較しながら説明する。比較例に係る搬送部9141は、円筒状のホイール9141aと、ホイール9141aに固定され内側に冷媒が導入される領域A9141が形成された伝熱部材9141cと、支軸9141dと、ホイール141aを支軸9141dに固定する固定部材9141bと、を有する。また、搬送部9141は、円筒状であり、側壁の内部に領域A9141内へ冷媒を供給するための流路9141kが形成されるとともに、伝熱部材9141cおよび支軸9141dを、軸受141mを介して支持する支持部材9141qと、伝熱部材9141cと支持部材9141qの外壁との間に介在する密封シール9141hと、を有する。更に、搬送部9141は、伝熱部材9141cの領域A9141へ流路9141kを通じて冷媒を供給することにより伝熱部材9141cに固定されたホイール9141aを冷却する冷却機構141gと、支軸9141dを回転駆動する駆動部9141hと、を有する。ホイール9141aの周面には、複数の凹部9141eが形成されている。そして、ホイール9141aは、製造する包装パックBPの形状、大きさ等に応じて交換できるように伝熱部材9141cに対して着脱自在となっている。ここで、ホイール9141aの内壁と伝熱部材9141cの外壁との間には、微少な隙間が形成されている。これにより、ホイール9141aを伝熱部材9141cに対してスムーズに着脱できるようになっている。ところで、比較例に係る搬送部9141は、包装パックBPの製造時において、押圧部142により容器フィルムF2およびカバーフィルムF3がホイール9141aの外側面に押し付けられた状態でホイール9141aおよび伝熱部材9141cを回転させる。このため、伝熱部材9141cの側壁がホイール9141aの内壁に当接した状態で、ホイール9141aまたは伝熱部材9141cの支軸9141dの中心軸周りに回転方向に撓みが生じることに起因して、伝熱部材9141cの側壁がホイール9141aの内壁に対して相対的に摺動して擦れてしまい、伝熱部材9141cの側壁またはホイール9141aの内壁が損傷してしまう虞がある。また、伝熱部材9141cの側壁またはホイール9141aの内壁の損傷によりこれらを構成する材料の摩耗粉が発生して、ホイール9141aの内壁と伝熱部材9141cの外壁との間の隙間に詰まることがある。この場合、ホイール9141aを伝熱部材9141cに対して着脱する際、ホイール9141aの内壁と伝熱部材9141cの側壁との間に詰まった摩耗粉によりホイール9141aを伝熱部材9141cに対してスムーズに着脱できなくなる虞がある。また、伝熱部材9141cと支持部材9141qの外壁との間に密封シール9141hを介在させることにより伝熱部材9141cにおける領域A9141を水密に維持しているため、密封シール9141hの経時的な劣化に伴い交換する必要がある。このため、搬送部9141の稼働率が低下してしまう。 Here, the features of the transport unit 141 according to the present embodiment will be described while comparing with the transport unit 9141 according to the comparative example shown in FIG. 8B. The transport unit 9141 according to the comparative example has a cylindrical wheel 9141a, a heat transfer member 9141c fixed to the wheel 9141a and formed with a region A9141 into which the refrigerant is introduced, a support shaft 9141d, and a wheel 141a. It has a fixing member 9141b fixed to 9141d. Further, the transport portion 9141 is cylindrical, and a flow path 9141k for supplying the refrigerant into the region A9141 is formed inside the side wall, and the heat transfer member 9141c and the support shaft 9141d are passed through the bearing 141m. It has a supporting member 9141q to support, and a sealing seal 9141h interposed between the heat transfer member 9141c and the outer wall of the supporting member 9141q. Further, the transport unit 9141 rotationally drives the cooling mechanism 141g for cooling the wheel 9141a fixed to the heat transfer member 9141c by supplying the refrigerant to the region A9141 of the heat transfer member 9141c through the flow path 9141k, and the support shaft 9141d. It has a drive unit 9141h. A plurality of recesses 9141e are formed on the peripheral surface of the wheel 9141a. The wheel 9141a is detachable from the heat transfer member 9141c so that it can be replaced according to the shape, size, and the like of the packaging pack BP to be manufactured. Here, a minute gap is formed between the inner wall of the wheel 9141a and the outer wall of the heat transfer member 9141c. As a result, the wheel 9141a can be smoothly attached to and detached from the heat transfer member 9141c. By the way, the transport unit 9141 according to the comparative example holds the wheel 9141a and the heat transfer member 9141c in a state where the container film F2 and the cover film F3 are pressed against the outer surface of the wheel 9141a by the pressing unit 142 at the time of manufacturing the packaging pack BP. Rotate. Therefore, in a state where the side wall of the heat transfer member 9141c is in contact with the inner wall of the wheel 9141a, the heat transfer member 9141c is bent in the rotational direction around the central axis of the support shaft 9141d of the wheel 9141a or the heat transfer member 9141c. The side wall of the heat member 9141c may slide and rub relative to the inner wall of the wheel 9141a, and the side wall of the heat transfer member 9141c or the inner wall of the wheel 9141a may be damaged. Further, damage to the side wall of the heat transfer member 9141c or the inner wall of the wheel 9141a may generate abrasion powder of the materials constituting these, and may clog the gap between the inner wall of the wheel 9141a and the outer wall of the heat transfer member 9141c. .. In this case, when the wheel 9141a is attached / detached to / from the heat transfer member 9141c, the wheel 9141a is smoothly attached / detached to / from the heat transfer member 9141c due to the abrasion powder clogged between the inner wall of the wheel 9141a and the side wall of the heat transfer member 9141c. There is a risk that it will not be possible. Further, since the region A9141 in the heat transfer member 9141c is maintained watertight by interposing the seal seal 9141h between the heat transfer member 9141c and the outer wall of the support member 9141q, the seal seal 9141h deteriorates over time. Need to be replaced. Therefore, the operating rate of the transport unit 9141 is lowered.
 これに対して、本実施の形態に係る搬送部141では、本体部1411cの側壁における円筒状部1411aの内側壁と対向する部分の支軸141dの中心軸方向の長さが比較的短く且つ本体部1411cの側壁と円筒状部1411aの内側壁との間P141に隙間が形成されている。これにより、本体部1411cの側壁における円筒状部1411aの内側壁との間に摩耗紛が詰まることが抑制されるので、ホイール141aを伝熱部材141cに対してスムーズに着脱することができる。また、本実施の形態に係る搬送部141では、支軸141dに固定された本体部1411cおよび蓋部1412cのみから伝熱部材141cにおける領域A141を水密に維持しているので、密封シールが不要である。このため、密封シールの交換作業が不要となるので、その分、搬送部141の稼働率を高めることができる。 On the other hand, in the transport portion 141 according to the present embodiment, the length of the support shaft 141d of the side wall of the main body portion 1411c facing the inner side wall of the cylindrical portion 1411a is relatively short and the main body is relatively short. A gap is formed in P141 between the side wall of the portion 1411c and the inner side wall of the cylindrical portion 1411a. As a result, it is possible to prevent wear dust from being clogged between the side wall of the main body portion 1411c and the inner side wall of the cylindrical portion 1411a, so that the wheel 141a can be smoothly attached to and detached from the heat transfer member 141c. Further, in the transport portion 141 according to the present embodiment, since the region A141 in the heat transfer member 141c is kept watertight only from the main body portion 1411c and the lid portion 1412c fixed to the support shaft 141d, a sealing seal is unnecessary. be. For this reason, it is not necessary to replace the sealing seal, and the operating rate of the transport unit 141 can be increased accordingly.
 図1に戻って、押圧部142は、搬送部141のホイール141aに巻回された容器フィルムF2およびカバーフィルムF3に圧接される伝熱ローラ1421と、長尺であり長手方向の一端部に伝熱ローラ1421が回転自在に取り付けられたアーム1422と、を有する。また、押圧部142は、アーム1422の長手方向における他端部において、アーム1422の一端部が他端部を基点として旋回自在となるようにアーム1422を支持するとともにアーム1422の一端部を伝熱ローラ1421に押し付ける方向へ付勢するアーム駆動部1423と、伝熱ローラ1421を加熱する加熱部1424と、を有する。伝熱ローラ1421は、熱伝導率の高い金属から形成されている。シール装置14は、容器フィルムF2にカバーフィルムF3が重ねられた状態で、搬送部141のホイール141aと伝熱ローラ1421とで挟持することにより、容器フィルムF2のポケットの外周部にカバーフィルムF3を圧着する。なお、押圧部142は、加熱部1424を備えないものであってもよい。 Returning to FIG. 1, the pressing portion 142 is long and is transmitted to one end in the longitudinal direction with the heat transfer roller 1421 which is pressed against the container film F2 and the cover film F3 wound around the wheel 141a of the transport portion 141. It has an arm 1422 to which the thermal roller 1421 is rotatably attached. Further, the pressing portion 142 supports the arm 1422 at the other end of the arm 1422 in the longitudinal direction so that one end of the arm 1422 can swivel around the other end as a base point, and heat transfers one end of the arm 1422. It has an arm drive unit 1423 that urges the roller 1421 in a pressing direction, and a heating unit 1424 that heats the heat transfer roller 1421. The heat transfer roller 1421 is made of a metal having a high thermal conductivity. The sealing device 14 holds the cover film F3 on the outer periphery of the pocket of the container film F2 by sandwiching the cover film F3 between the wheel 141a of the transport portion 141 and the heat transfer roller 1421 in a state where the cover film F3 is overlapped on the container film F2. Crimping. The pressing portion 142 may not include the heating portion 1424.
 ガイドローラ241、251は、それぞれ、ホイール241a、251aと、ホイール241a、251aを軸支するシャフト241b、251bと、を有する。ホイール241a、251aには、それぞれ、パックフィルムF4のポケットを掛止する複数の凹部(図示せず)がその周方向に沿って並設されている。張力印加部252は、ガイドローラ251とローラ253との間に張架されたパックフィルムF4におけるガイドローラ251とローラ253との間の部分に鉛直上方から接触して鉛直下方へ押圧することにより、パックフィルムF4に張力を印加する。張力印加部252は、パックフィルムF4に鉛直上方から接触するローラ2521と、長尺であり長手方向の一端部にローラ2521が取り付けられたアーム2522と、を有する。また、張力印加部252は、アーム2522の長手方向における他端部において、アーム2522の一端部が他端部を基点として旋回自在となるようにアーム2522を支持する支持部2523を有する。 The guide rollers 241 and 251 each have wheels 241a and 251a and shafts 241b and 251b that pivotally support the wheels 241a and 251a, respectively. A plurality of recesses (not shown) for hooking the pockets of the pack film F4 are arranged side by side on the wheels 241a and 251a, respectively, along the circumferential direction thereof. The tension applying portion 252 contacts the portion between the guide roller 251 and the roller 253 in the pack film F4 stretched between the guide roller 251 and the roller 253 from above vertically and presses the portion vertically downward. Tension is applied to the pack film F4. The tension applying portion 252 includes a roller 2521 that comes into contact with the pack film F4 from above vertically, and an arm 2522 that is long and has a roller 2521 attached to one end in the longitudinal direction. Further, the tension applying portion 252 has a support portion 2523 that supports the arm 2522 at the other end portion in the longitudinal direction of the arm 2522 so that one end portion of the arm 2522 can rotate around the other end portion as a base point.
 スリット形成打ち抜きユニット17は、スリット形成装置171と、打ち抜き装置173と、-Y方向側にスリット形成装置171が固定され+Y方向側に打ち抜き装置173が固定された駆動部172と、を有する。スリット形成装置171は、図9に示すように、パックフィルムF4の-Y方向側に配置されたダイユニット1712と、パックフィルムF4の+Y方向側に配置されたヘッド1714と、を有する。ヘッド1714には、パックフィルムF4にスリットを生成するためのカッタ1714aが設けられている。カッタ1714aは、図10Aに示すように、パックフィルムF4におけるスリットを生成する複数(図10Aでは5つ)の部位に対向して配置されている。図9に戻って、ヘッド1714には、駆動部172から-Y方向へ延出するガイド棒1716および動力伝達アーム1717に連結されている。更に、スリット形成装置171は、枠状であり内側にヘッド1714をY軸方向へ摺動自在に支持するヘッド支持部1713と、駆動部172に固定されダイユニット1712およびヘッド支持部1713を纏めて支持する本体部1711と、を有する。ヘッド支持部1713には、カッタ1714aを加熱するためのヒータ(図示せず)が配設されている。 The slit forming punching unit 17 has a slit forming device 171, a punching device 173, and a drive unit 172 in which the slit forming device 171 is fixed on the −Y direction side and the punching device 173 is fixed on the + Y direction side. As shown in FIG. 9, the slit forming device 171 has a die unit 1712 arranged on the −Y direction side of the pack film F4 and a head 1714 arranged on the + Y direction side of the pack film F4. The head 1714 is provided with a cutter 1714a for forming a slit in the pack film F4. As shown in FIG. 10A, the cutter 1714a is arranged to face a plurality of (five in FIG. 10A) sites that generate slits in the pack film F4. Returning to FIG. 9, the head 1714 is connected to a guide rod 1716 and a power transmission arm 1717 extending in the −Y direction from the drive unit 172. Further, the slit forming device 171 has a frame-shaped head support portion 1713 that slidably supports the head 1714 in the Y-axis direction, and a die unit 1712 and a head support portion 1713 fixed to the drive portion 172. It has a main body portion 1711 and a support body portion 1711. The head support portion 1713 is provided with a heater (not shown) for heating the cutter 1714a.
 打ち抜き装置173は、搬送部281により間欠的に搬送されるパックフィルムF4が停止したときにパックフィルムF4を打ち抜く。打ち抜き装置173は、パックフィルムF4の+Y方向側に配置されたダイユニット1732と、パックフィルムF4の-Y方向側に配置されたヘッド1734と、を有する。ヘッド1734は、図12に示すように、板状のベース17341と、ベース17341におけるパックフィルムF4が配置される側、即ち、+Y方向側に立設されパックフィルムF4から包装パックBPを打ち抜くための打ち抜き用カッタ1735と、パックフィルムF4から包装パックBPが打ち抜かれた後のスクラップF5を切断するスクラップ切断用カッタ1737と、を有する。スクラップ切断用カッタ1737は、パックフィルムF4における打ち抜き用カッタ1735が対向する部分よりも下流側、即ち、-Z方向側に対向して配置されている。即ち、スクラップ切断用カッタ1737は、ベース17341の+Y方向側における、打ち抜き用カッタ1735の-Z方向側に立設されている。ここで、スクラップ切断用カッタ1737の先端部は、打ち抜き用カッタ1735の先端部よりもベース17341側とは反対側、即ち、+Y方向側へ延出している。また、ベース17341には、ベース17341から+Y方向側へ突出しベース17341のY軸方向に沿った移動を案内するガイドピン1738が設けられている。更に、ベース17341における後述のガイド棒17322に対向する部分には、筒状でありベース17341をY軸方向に貫通するとともにガイド棒17322をY軸方向に摺動自在に保持するガイド棒保持部17342が配設されている。また、ヘッド1734には、図11に示すように、駆動部172から+Y方向へ延出するガイド棒1736aおよび動力伝達アーム1736bに連結されている。 The punching device 173 punches the pack film F4 when the pack film F4 intermittently conveyed by the transport unit 281 stops. The punching device 173 includes a die unit 1732 arranged on the + Y direction side of the pack film F4 and a head 1734 arranged on the −Y direction side of the pack film F4. As shown in FIG. 12, the head 1734 is erected on the side where the plate-shaped base 17341 and the pack film F4 in the base 17341 are arranged, that is, on the + Y direction side, and punches the packaging pack BP from the pack film F4. It has a punching cutter 1735 and a scrap cutting cutter 1737 that cuts the scrap F5 after the packaging pack BP is punched from the pack film F4. The scrap cutting cutter 1737 is arranged on the downstream side of the portion of the pack film F4 where the punching cutter 1735 faces, that is, facing the −Z direction side. That is, the scrap cutting cutter 1737 is erected on the + Y direction side of the base 17341 and on the −Z direction side of the punching cutter 1735. Here, the tip of the scrap cutting cutter 1737 extends from the tip of the punching cutter 1735 to the side opposite to the base 17341 side, that is, to the + Y direction side. Further, the base 17341 is provided with a guide pin 1738 that protrudes from the base 17341 toward the + Y direction and guides the movement of the base 17341 along the Y-axis direction. Further, the portion of the base 17341 facing the guide rod 17322, which will be described later, has a cylindrical shape and is a guide rod holding portion 17342 that penetrates the base 17341 in the Y-axis direction and slidably holds the guide rod 17322 in the Y-axis direction. Are arranged. Further, as shown in FIG. 11, the head 1734 is connected to a guide rod 1736a and a power transmission arm 1736b extending from the drive unit 172 in the + Y direction.
 ダイユニット1732は、板状であり中央部にパックフィルムF4から打ち抜かれた包装パックBPをダイユニット1732の+Y方向側へ排出するための開口部1732aが形成されたベース17321と、パックフィルムF4を案内するガイド部材1739と、を有する。ベース17321におけるヘッド1734のスクラップ切断用カッタ1737に対向する部分には、切欠部1732bが形成されている。これにより、スクラップ切断用カッタ1737をダイユニット1732に近づけることによりスクラップF5を切断する際、スクラップ切断用カッタ1737の先端部が切欠部1732bの内側に挿入され、スクラップ切断用カッタ1737の先端部がベース17321に接触するのを防止している。ガイド部材1739は、図12に示すように、断面コ字状であり、側壁にヘッド1734の打ち抜き用カッタ1735が挿通される開口部1739aが穿設されるとともに、+Y方向側に溝1739bが設けられている。ガイド部材1739は、その溝1739b側がベース17321に固定され、ガイド部材1739の溝1739bとベース17321の-Y方向側の面との間にパックフィルムF4が挿通される。更に、ガイド部材1739におけるヘッド1734のガイドピン1738に対向する部分には、ガイドピン1738の先端部が挿通される孔1739cが穿設されている。また、ベース17321には、後述する本体部1731の一部が挿通された状態でベース17321を本体部1731に固定するための固定孔1732cが設けられている。更に、ベース17321には、-Y方向に延在し先端部がヘッド1734のガイド棒支持部17342に挿通されるガイド棒17322が突設されている。ガイド棒17322の先端部には、ガイド棒17322の摺動範囲を規制するためのストッパ17323が設けられている。また、図11に示すように、打ち抜き装置173は、駆動部172に固定されダイユニット1732を支持する本体部1731を有する。駆動部172は、動力伝達アーム1717をY軸方向に沿って移動させるスリット形成装置駆動部1721と、動力伝達アーム1737をY軸方向に沿って移動させるための打ち抜き装置駆動部1722と、これらを収納する筐体1723と、を有する。 The die unit 1732 is formed by forming a base 17321 having a plate-like shape and an opening 1732a formed in the center of the package pack BP punched out from the pack film F4 in the + Y direction of the die unit 1732, and the pack film F4. It has a guide member 1739 for guiding. A notch 1732b is formed in a portion of the base 17321 facing the scrap cutting cutter 1737 of the head 1734. As a result, when cutting the scrap F5 by bringing the scrap cutting cutter 1737 closer to the die unit 1732, the tip of the scrap cutting cutter 1737 is inserted inside the notch 1732b, and the tip of the scrap cutting cutter 1737 is inserted. It prevents contact with the base 17321. As shown in FIG. 12, the guide member 1739 has a U-shaped cross section, and an opening 1739a through which a punching cutter 1735 of the head 1734 is inserted is bored in the side wall, and a groove 1739b is provided on the + Y direction side. Has been done. The groove 1739b side of the guide member 1739 is fixed to the base 17321, and the pack film F4 is inserted between the groove 1739b of the guide member 1739 and the surface of the base 17321 on the −Y direction side. Further, a hole 1739c through which the tip of the guide pin 1738 is inserted is bored in a portion of the guide member 1739 facing the guide pin 1738 of the head 1734. Further, the base 17321 is provided with a fixing hole 1732c for fixing the base 17321 to the main body 1731 in a state where a part of the main body 1731 described later is inserted. Further, the base 17321 is provided with a guide rod 17322 extending in the −Y direction and having a tip portion inserted into the guide rod support portion 17342 of the head 1734. A stopper 17323 for regulating the sliding range of the guide rod 17322 is provided at the tip of the guide rod 17322. Further, as shown in FIG. 11, the punching device 173 has a main body portion 1731 fixed to the drive portion 172 and supporting the die unit 1732. The drive unit 172 includes a slit forming device drive unit 1721 for moving the power transmission arm 1717 along the Y-axis direction, a punching device drive unit 1722 for moving the power transmission arm 1737 along the Y-axis direction, and these. It has a housing 1723 for storing and a housing 1723.
 ここで、打ち抜き装置173の動作について図13A乃至図14Bを参照しながら説明する。まず、パックフィルムF4における打ち抜き用カッタ1735に対向する部分が良品である場合、打ち抜き装置173は、図13Aの矢印AR171に示すように、ヘッド1734を、予め設定された待機位置Pos0から第1位置Pos1まで移動させる。ここで、待機位置Pos0は、打ち抜き用カッタ1735およびスクラップ切断用カッタ1737がパックフィルムF4に接触しない位置である。また、第1位置Pos1は、打ち抜き用カッタ1735の先端部およびスクラップ切断用カッタ1737の先端部がパックフィルムF4におけるベース17341側とは反対側、即ち、+Y方向側に位置するような位置である。これにより、打ち抜き用カッタ1735によりパックフィルムF4から包装パックBPが打ち抜かれるとともに、スクラップ切断用カッタ1737によりスクラップF5が切断される。ここで、打ち抜かれた包装パックBPは、ロータリーサクション32へ受け渡され、切断されたスクラップF5は、スクラップ回収部39へ落下する。次に、打ち抜き装置173は、図13Bの矢印AR172に示すように、ヘッド1734を再び待機位置Pos0へ戻すとともに、搬送部281が、矢印AR173に示すようにパックフィルムF4およびスクラップF5を-Z方向へ移動させる。このとき、搬送部281は、パックフィルムF4における次に打ち抜く包装パックBPに対応する部分がヘッド1734の打ち抜き用カッタ1735の+Y方向側に配置されるように、パックフィルムF4およびスクラップF5を移動させる。 Here, the operation of the punching device 173 will be described with reference to FIGS. 13A to 14B. First, when the portion of the pack film F4 facing the punching cutter 1735 is a non-defective product, the punching device 173 sets the head 1734 to the first position from the preset standby position Pos 0 as shown by the arrow AR171 in FIG. 13A. Move to Pos1. Here, the standby position Pos0 is a position where the punching cutter 1735 and the scrap cutting cutter 1737 do not come into contact with the pack film F4. Further, the first position Pos1 is a position where the tip of the punching cutter 1735 and the tip of the scrap cutting cutter 1737 are located on the opposite side of the pack film F4 from the base 17341 side, that is, on the + Y direction side. .. As a result, the packaging pack BP is punched from the pack film F4 by the punching cutter 1735, and the scrap F5 is cut by the scrap cutting cutter 1737. Here, the punched package pack BP is delivered to the rotary suction 32, and the cut scrap F5 falls to the scrap collection unit 39. Next, the punching device 173 returns the head 1734 to the standby position Pos0 again as shown by the arrow AR172 in FIG. 13B, and the transport unit 281 moves the pack film F4 and the scrap F5 in the −Z direction as shown by the arrow AR173. Move to. At this time, the transport unit 281 moves the pack film F4 and the scrap F5 so that the portion of the pack film F4 corresponding to the packaging pack BP to be punched next is arranged on the + Y direction side of the punching cutter 1735 of the head 1734. ..
 また、パックフィルムF4における打ち抜き用カッタ1735に対向する部分が不良品である場合、打ち抜き装置173は、図14Aの矢印AR174に示すように、ヘッド1734を、前述の待機位置Pos0から第2位置Pos2まで移動させる。ここで、第2位置Pos2は、打ち抜き用カッタ1735の先端部がパックフィルムF4に接触せず且つスクラップ切断用カッタ1737の先端部がパックフィルムF4の+Y方向側に位置するような位置である。これにより、スクラップ切断用カッタ1737によりスクラップF5が切断される一方、不良品の包装パックBPは、パックフィルムF4から打ち抜かれない。次に、打ち抜き装置173は、図14Bの矢印AR175に示すように、ヘッド1734を再び待機位置Pos0へ戻すとともに、搬送部281が、矢印AR176に示すようにパックフィルムF4およびスクラップF5を-Z方向へ移動させる。このとき、搬送部281は、パックフィルムF4における次に打ち抜く包装パックBPに対応する部分がヘッド1734の打ち抜き用カッタ1735の+Y方向側に配置されるように、パックフィルムF4およびスクラップF5を移動させる。また、スクラップ切断用カッタ1737の先端部は、前述の次に打ち抜く包装パックBPに対応する部分と不良品の包装パックBPに対応する部分との間に対向した状態となる。続いて、打ち抜き装置173は、再びヘッド1734を、待機位置Pos0から第2位置Pos2まで移動させる。これにより、前述の次に打ち抜く包装パックBPに対応する部分と不良品の包装パックBPに対応する部分との間がスクラップ切断用カッタ1737により切断され、不良品の包装パックBPに対応する部分が、スクラップ回収部39へ落下する。 Further, when the portion of the pack film F4 facing the punching cutter 1735 is a defective product, the punching device 173 sets the head 1734 from the above-mentioned standby position Pos0 to the second position Pos2 as shown by the arrow AR174 in FIG. 14A. Move to. Here, the second position Pos2 is a position such that the tip of the punching cutter 1735 does not come into contact with the pack film F4 and the tip of the scrap cutting cutter 1737 is located on the + Y direction side of the pack film F4. As a result, the scrap F5 is cut by the scrap cutting cutter 1737, while the defective packaging pack BP is not punched out from the pack film F4. Next, the punching device 173 returns the head 1734 to the standby position Pos0 again as shown by the arrow AR175 in FIG. 14B, and the transport unit 281 moves the pack film F4 and the scrap F5 in the −Z direction as shown by the arrow AR176. Move to. At this time, the transport unit 281 moves the pack film F4 and the scrap F5 so that the portion of the pack film F4 corresponding to the packaging pack BP to be punched next is arranged on the + Y direction side of the punching cutter 1735 of the head 1734. .. Further, the tip of the scrap cutting cutter 1737 is in a state of facing between the portion corresponding to the packaging pack BP to be punched next and the portion corresponding to the defective packaging pack BP. Subsequently, the punching device 173 moves the head 1734 again from the standby position Pos0 to the second position Pos2. As a result, the portion corresponding to the packaging pack BP to be punched next and the portion corresponding to the defective packaging pack BP are cut by the scrap cutting cutter 1737, and the portion corresponding to the defective packaging pack BP is formed. , Drops into the scrap collection unit 39.
 フィルム位置変更部26は、図10Bに示すように、スリット形成装置171に送られるパックフィルムF4を案内するガイドローラ261と、ガイドローラ261を回転自在に支持するローラ支持部263と、ガイド駆動部264と、を有する第2フィルム位置変更部である。ガイドローラ261は、3つのホイール261aと、3つのホイール261aを軸支するシャフト261bと、を有する第1ガイドローラである。ガイド駆動部264は、ローラ支持部263を介して、ガイドローラ261を、パックフィルムF4の幅方向、即ち、X軸方向(図10Bの矢印AR12参照)およびパックフィルムF4の搬送方向に沿った方向、即ち、Z軸方向(図10Bの矢印AR11参照)へ移動させる。ガイド駆動部264は、例えば図10Bの一点鎖線で示すように、ホイール261aの位置を+X方向側へ距離W1だけずれた位置に変更することにより、スリット形成装置171におけるパックフィルムF4のX軸方向における位置を+X方向側に距離W1だけずれた位置に変更する。 As shown in FIG. 10B, the film position changing section 26 includes a guide roller 261 for guiding the pack film F4 sent to the slit forming device 171, a roller support section 263 for rotatably supporting the guide roller 261, and a guide driving section. It is a second film position change part which has 264 and. The guide roller 261 is a first guide roller having three wheels 261a and a shaft 261b that pivotally supports the three wheels 261a. The guide drive unit 264 guides the guide roller 261 through the roller support unit 263 in the width direction of the pack film F4, that is, the X-axis direction (see the arrow AR12 in FIG. 10B) and the direction along the transport direction of the pack film F4. That is, it is moved in the Z-axis direction (see arrow AR11 in FIG. 10B). The guide drive unit 264 changes the position of the wheel 261a to a position deviated by a distance W1 toward the + X direction, as shown by the alternate long and short dash line in FIG. 10B, for example, in the X-axis direction of the pack film F4 in the slit forming device 171. Is changed to a position shifted by a distance W1 toward the + X direction.
 印字装置27は、搬送部281により間欠的に搬送されるパックフィルムF4が停止したときにパックフィルムF4に予め設定されたマークを印字する印字ヘッド272と、ダイユニット273と、を有する。印字装置27は、パックフィルムF4におけるマークを形成する部分が印字ヘッド272とダイユニット273との間に介在した状態で、印字ヘッド272をダイユニット273に向けて押し付けることによりパックフィルムF4にマークを打刻する。また、印字装置27は、印字ヘッド272およびダイユニット273を支持する支持部271と、支持部271をパックフィルムF4に対して相対的に移動させる支持部駆動部275と、パックフィルムF4を印字ヘッド272とダイユニット273との間へ案内するローラ276、277と、を有する。このローラ276、277の位置は固定されている。支持部駆動部275は、支持部271をパックフィルムF4の搬送方向または幅方向へ移動させることにより、印字ヘッド272によりパックフィルムF4に印字されるマークの位置を変更する。 The printing device 27 includes a print head 272 that prints a preset mark on the pack film F4 when the pack film F4 intermittently conveyed by the transport unit 281 stops, and a die unit 273. The printing device 27 puts a mark on the pack film F4 by pressing the print head 272 toward the die unit 273 in a state where the portion forming the mark on the pack film F4 is interposed between the print head 272 and the die unit 273. Stamp. Further, the printing device 27 prints the support portion 271 that supports the print head 272 and the die unit 273, the support portion drive unit 275 that moves the support portion 271 relative to the pack film F4, and the pack film F4. It has rollers 276, 277, which guide between 272 and the die unit 273. The positions of the rollers 276 and 277 are fixed. The support unit drive unit 275 changes the position of the mark printed on the pack film F4 by the print head 272 by moving the support unit 271 in the transport direction or the width direction of the pack film F4.
 搬送部281は、パックフィルムF4が巻回されるフィルム送りローラ2811と、ローラ駆動部2812と、を有する第1搬送部である。フィルム送りローラ2811は、図11に示すように、ホイール2811aと、ホイール2811aを軸支するシャフト2811bと、を有する。ホイール2811aには、パックフィルムF4のポケットPo1を掛止する複数の凹部2811cがホイール2811aの周方向に沿って並設されている。搬送部281は、フィルム送りローラ2811の複数の凹部の一部にパックフィルムF4のポケットが掛止された状態で、フィルム送りローラ2811を回転させることにより、パックフィルムF4を連続的に下流側へ搬送する。ローラ駆動部2812は、ホイール2811aの複数の凹部2811cの一部にパックフィルムF4のポケットPo1が掛止された状態で、シャフト2811bを介して、フィルム送りローラ2811を図11の矢印AR4に示す方向へ予め設定された回転角度ずつ間欠的に回転させる。これにより、パックフィルムF4が、予め設定された基準距離ずつ間欠的に打ち抜き装置173へ送り出される。ここで、基準距離は、パックフィルムF4の長手方向における1つの包装パックに対応する部分の長さに等しくなるように設定されている。また、搬送部281の+Y方向側には、パックフィルムF4の搬送中にパックフィルムF4がフィルム送りローラ2811から離脱するのを防止するためのフィルム押圧部282が配置されている。フィルム押圧部282は、フィルム送りローラ2811の+Y方向側からフィルム送りローラ2811に巻回されたパックフィルムF4に接触するローラ2821と、長尺であり長手方向の一端部にローラ2821が取り付けられたアーム2822と、を有する。また、フィルム押圧部282は、アーム2822の長手方向における他端部を回転自在に支持し、アーム2822の一端部をローラ2821に押し付けられる方向へ付勢するアーム駆動部2823有する。 The transport unit 281 is a first transport unit having a film feed roller 2811 around which the pack film F4 is wound and a roller drive unit 2812. As shown in FIG. 11, the film feed roller 2811 has a wheel 2811a and a shaft 2811b that pivotally supports the wheel 2811a. A plurality of recesses 2811c for hooking the pocket Po1 of the pack film F4 are arranged side by side on the wheel 2811a along the circumferential direction of the wheel 2811a. The transport unit 281 continuously moves the pack film F4 to the downstream side by rotating the film feed roller 2811 in a state where the pockets of the pack film F4 are hooked on a part of a plurality of recesses of the film feed roller 2811. Transport. The roller drive unit 2812 directs the film feed roller 2811 via the shaft 2811b in the direction indicated by the arrow AR4 in FIG. 11 in a state where the pocket Po1 of the pack film F4 is hooked on a part of the plurality of recesses 2811c of the wheel 2811a. To intermittently rotate by a preset rotation angle. As a result, the pack film F4 is intermittently sent out to the punching device 173 by a preset reference distance. Here, the reference distance is set to be equal to the length of the portion corresponding to one packaging pack in the longitudinal direction of the pack film F4. Further, on the + Y direction side of the transport portion 281, a film pressing portion 282 for preventing the pack film F4 from detaching from the film feed roller 2811 during transport of the pack film F4 is arranged. The film pressing portion 282 has a roller 2821 that comes into contact with the pack film F4 wound around the film feed roller 2811 from the + Y direction side of the film feed roller 2811, and a long roller 2821 attached to one end in the longitudinal direction. It has an arm 2822 and. Further, the film pressing portion 282 has an arm driving portion 2823 that rotatably supports the other end portion of the arm 2822 in the longitudinal direction and urges one end portion of the arm 2822 in a direction of being pressed against the roller 2821.
 フィルム位置変更部283は、搬送部281の下流側に配置されパックフィルムF4を案内するフィルムガイド2831と、フィルムガイド2831をパックフィルムF4の幅方向、即ち、X軸方向に沿って駆動するガイド駆動部2832と、を有する第1フィルム位置変更部である。フィルムガイド2831は、図15Aに示すように、パックフィルムF4の厚さ方向における一面側に対向して配置されパックフィルムF4側の面に溝2831dが形成されたガイド本体2831aを有する。また、フィルムガイド2831は、パックフィルムF4の厚さ方向における他面側に対向して配置された補助板2831bと、ガイド本体2831aおよび補助板2831bを纏めて支持する支持部材2831cと、を有する。ガイド駆動部2832は、支持部材2831cを介して、図15Aの矢印AR5に示すように、フィルムガイド2831をX軸方向に沿って駆動して、フィルムガイド2831のX軸方向における位置を変更する。ガイド駆動部2832は、例えば図15Bの一点鎖線で示すように、フィルムガイド2831の位置を+X方向側へ距離W2だけずれた位置に変更することにより、打ち抜き装置173におけるパックフィルムF4のX軸方向における位置を+X方向側に距離W2だけずれた位置に変更する。 The film position changing unit 283 is arranged on the downstream side of the transport unit 281 and is a guide drive that drives the film guide 2831 for guiding the pack film F4 and the film guide 2831 along the width direction of the pack film F4, that is, the X-axis direction. This is a first film position changing portion having a portion 2832. As shown in FIG. 15A, the film guide 2831 has a guide main body 2831a which is arranged so as to face one surface side in the thickness direction of the pack film F4 and has a groove 2831d formed on the surface on the pack film F4 side. Further, the film guide 2831 has an auxiliary plate 2831b arranged so as to face the other surface side in the thickness direction of the pack film F4, and a support member 2831c that collectively supports the guide main body 2831a and the auxiliary plate 2831b. The guide drive unit 2832 drives the film guide 2831 along the X-axis direction via the support member 2831c as shown by the arrow AR5 in FIG. 15A to change the position of the film guide 2831 in the X-axis direction. The guide drive unit 2832, for example, as shown by the alternate long and short dash line in FIG. 15B, changes the position of the film guide 2831 to a position deviated by a distance W2 toward the + X direction, thereby moving the pack film F4 in the punching device 173 in the X-axis direction. Is changed to a position shifted in the + X direction by a distance W2.
 ロータリーサクション32は、図16に示すように、円筒状のドラム321と、ドラム321の周部に固定され包装パックBPを保持する4つのチャックユニット322と、を有するパック搬送装置である。チャックユニット322は、それぞれ、真空チャック、静電チャック等からなるチャック322aを有する。また、ロータリーサクション32は、ドラム321を回転させるドラム駆動部323を有する。ドラム駆動部323は、ドラム321を回転させることにより、チャックユニット322を、包装パックBPを前述の打ち抜き装置173から受け取るための受け取り位置と、後述の外観検査装置31の撮像部311によりチャックユニット322に保持された包装パックBPを撮像するための撮像位置と、に配置する。また、ドラム駆動部323は、更に、ドラム321を回転させることにより、チャックユニット322を、チャック322aに保持された包装パックBPの不良品を回収ユニット(図示せず)へ排出するための回収位置と、チャックユニット322に保持された包装パックBPを他のパック搬送装置33へ移載するための移載位置と、に配置する。そして、ドラム321とドラム駆動部323とから、チャックユニット322を、少なくとも受け取り位置、撮像位置および移載位置のうちのいずれかに配置するチャックユニット駆動部が構成される。そして、前述の撮像位置は、前述の移載位置の鉛直上方に位置している、即ち、撮像位置と移載位置とが、鉛直方向に並んでいる。ここで、ドラム駆動部323は、制御装置90から入力される制御情報に基づいて、不良品と判定された包装パックBPを保持したチャックユニット322を回収位置に配置した状態で、チャックユニット322が、チャック322aを解除すると、その包装パックBPを回収ユニットへ排出される。 As shown in FIG. 16, the rotary suction 32 is a pack transfer device having a cylindrical drum 321 and four chuck units 322 fixed to the peripheral portion of the drum 321 and holding the packaging pack BP. The chuck unit 322 has a chuck 322a including a vacuum chuck, an electrostatic chuck, and the like, respectively. Further, the rotary suction 32 has a drum drive unit 323 for rotating the drum 321. The drum drive unit 323 rotates the drum 321 to receive the chuck unit 322 at a receiving position for receiving the packaging pack BP from the punching device 173 described above, and the chuck unit 322 by the imaging unit 311 of the visual inspection device 31 described later. The packaging pack BP held in the image is arranged at the imaging position for imaging the package BP. Further, the drum drive unit 323 further rotates the drum 321 so that the chuck unit 322 is discharged to the collection unit (not shown) from the defective package pack BP held by the chuck 322a. And, the packaging pack BP held in the chuck unit 322 is arranged at the transfer position for transferring to another pack transfer device 33. Then, the drum 321 and the drum drive unit 323 form a chuck unit drive unit that arranges the chuck unit 322 at at least one of the receiving position, the imaging position, and the transfer position. The above-mentioned imaging position is located vertically above the above-mentioned transfer position, that is, the imaging position and the transfer position are aligned in the vertical direction. Here, the drum drive unit 323 has the chuck unit 322 in a state where the chuck unit 322 holding the packaging pack BP determined to be defective is arranged at the collection position based on the control information input from the control device 90. When the chuck 322a is released, the packaging pack BP is discharged to the collection unit.
 外観検査装置31は、撮像部311と、撮像部311を収容する筐体312と、を有する。撮像部311は、ロータリーサクション32のチャックユニット322に保持された状態で前述の撮像位置に配置された包装パックBPを撮像して得られる画像情報を制御装置90へ送信する第1撮像部である。ここで、撮像部311としては、3次元スキャン装置、レーザスキャン装置等を採用できる。 The visual inspection device 31 has an imaging unit 311 and a housing 312 that houses the imaging unit 311. The imaging unit 311 is a first imaging unit that transmits image information obtained by imaging the package pack BP arranged at the above-mentioned imaging position while being held by the chuck unit 322 of the rotary suction 32 to the control device 90. .. Here, as the imaging unit 311, a three-dimensional scanning device, a laser scanning device, or the like can be adopted.
 制御装置90は、例えばCPU(Central Processing Unit)とメモリとを有するCPUユニットと、入出力制御ユニットと、を備えるPLC(Programmable Logic Controller)である。そして、CPUユニットのメモリに予め記憶されたプログラムをCPUが実行することにより、制御装置90の各種機能が実現される。入出力制御ユニットは、外観検査装置13の撮像部131および外観検査装置31の撮像部311それぞれにバス信号線(図示せず)を介して接続され、撮像部131、311それぞれから送信される画像情報をCPUユニットへ出力する。また、入出力制御ユニットは、原料フィルム供給ユニット11、加熱装置29、成形装置12、ワーク供給装置50、カバーフィルム供給ユニット15、シール装置14、スリット形成打ち抜きユニット17およびロータリーサクション32にバス信号線を介して接続され、CPUユニットから入力される制御情報に基づいて、原料フィルム供給ユニット11、加熱装置29、成形装置12、ワーク供給装置50、カバーフィルム供給ユニット15、シール装置14、スリット形成打ち抜きユニット17およびロータリーサクション32それぞれへ制御信号を出力することにより、それぞれの動作を制御する。 The control device 90 is a PLC (Programmable Logic Controller) including, for example, a CPU unit having a CPU (Central Processing Unit) and a memory, and an input / output control unit. Then, when the CPU executes the program stored in advance in the memory of the CPU unit, various functions of the control device 90 are realized. The input / output control unit is connected to each of the imaging unit 131 of the visual inspection device 13 and the imaging unit 311 of the visual inspection device 31 via a bus signal line (not shown), and the images transmitted from each of the imaging units 131 and 311. Output the information to the CPU unit. Further, the input / output control unit is a bus signal line to the raw material film supply unit 11, the heating device 29, the molding device 12, the work supply device 50, the cover film supply unit 15, the sealing device 14, the slit forming punching unit 17, and the rotary suction 32. Based on the control information input from the CPU unit, the raw material film supply unit 11, the heating device 29, the molding device 12, the work supply device 50, the cover film supply unit 15, the sealing device 14, and the slit forming punching By outputting control signals to each of the unit 17 and the rotary suction 32, the respective operations are controlled.
 パック搬送装置33は、図16に示すように、ベルト331と、ベルト331が巻回されるプーリ332、333、334と、プーリ332を予め設定された回転速度で駆動するプーリ駆動部335と、を有する。パック搬送装置33は、ベルト331におけるプーリ333、334に架設された部分がロータリーサクション32にその鉛直下方から対向するように配置されている。そして、ロータリーサクション32が、前述の移載位置に配置されたチャックユニット322のチャック322aを解除すると、そのチャックユニット322に保持されていた包装パックBPが、ベルト331に落下し、パック搬送装置33へ移載される。パック搬送装置33は、矢印AR41に示すように、ベルト331を移動させることにより、ベルト331上に載置された包装パックBPを集積装置40まで搬送する。このとき、包装パックBPは、ポケットが鉛直下方側となる姿勢で搬送される。 As shown in FIG. 16, the pack transfer device 33 includes a belt 331, a pulley 332, 333, 334 around which the belt 331 is wound, and a pulley drive unit 335 that drives the pulley 332 at a preset rotation speed. Has. The pack transfer device 33 is arranged so that the portion of the belt 331 installed on the pulleys 333 and 334 faces the rotary suction 32 from vertically below. Then, when the rotary suction 32 releases the chuck 322a of the chuck unit 322 arranged at the above-mentioned transfer position, the packaging pack BP held by the chuck unit 322 falls on the belt 331, and the pack transport device 33 Will be transferred to. As shown by the arrow AR41, the pack transport device 33 transports the package pack BP mounted on the belt 331 to the integration device 40 by moving the belt 331. At this time, the packaging pack BP is transported in a posture in which the pocket is vertically downward.
 集積装置40は、反転ユニット49と、反転ユニット49から複数(図16では2つ)の包装パックBPが重なった状態で受け取り、受け取った包装パックBPの束を選別装置60へ搬送する束搬送ユニット34、35と、を有する。反転ユニット49は、厚さ方向の一面側に等間隔で移送棚41aが突設された周回ベルト41と、周回ベルト41の内側に配置され周面に周回ベルト41が巻回されたプーリ421、43と、プーリ421を回転駆動することにより周回ベルト41を矢印AR42に示す方向へ移動させるプーリ駆動部422と、を有する。ここで、移送棚41aにおけるプーリ421、43の回転軸方向における中央部には、後述する束搬送ユニット34の軸体341aが挿通可能なスリット(図示せず)が設けられている。また、周回ベルト41の周方向において隣り合う2つの移送棚41aの間の間隔は、包装パックBPの厚さよりも長く設定されている。これにより、包装パックBPが2つの移送棚41aにより挟まれず、包装パックBPが上下反転する際に包装パックBPが2つの移送棚41aに挟まれることにより包装パックBPの損傷が抑制される。プーリ駆動部422は、例えばサーボモータと、サーボモータを制御するモータ制御部と、を有し、周回ベルト41が、その周方向において隣り合う2つの移送棚41a同士の長さに相当する距離ずつ間欠的に移動するようにプーリ421を駆動する。 The integrating device 40 receives the reversing unit 49 and a plurality of (two in FIG. 16) packaging packs BP from the reversing unit 49 in an overlapping state, and transports the received bundles of the packaged packs BP to the sorting device 60. It has 34, 35 and. The reversing unit 49 includes an orbiting belt 41 in which transfer shelves 41a are projected at equal intervals on one surface side in the thickness direction, and a pulley 421 that is arranged inside the orbiting belt 41 and has the orbiting belt 41 wound around the peripheral surface. It has 43 and a pulley driving unit 422 that moves the circumferential belt 41 in the direction indicated by the arrow AR 42 by rotationally driving the pulley 421. Here, a slit (not shown) through which the shaft body 341a of the bundle transfer unit 34, which will be described later, can be inserted is provided in the central portion of the transfer shelves 41a in the rotation axis direction of the pulleys 421 and 43. Further, the distance between two transfer shelves 41a adjacent to each other in the circumferential direction of the circulation belt 41 is set to be longer than the thickness of the packaging pack BP. As a result, the packaging pack BP is not sandwiched between the two transfer shelves 41a, and when the packaging pack BP is turned upside down, the packaging pack BP is sandwiched between the two transfer shelves 41a, so that damage to the packaging pack BP is suppressed. The pulley drive unit 422 includes, for example, a servomotor and a motor control unit that controls the servomotor, and the circumferential belt 41 has a distance corresponding to the length of two transfer shelves 41a adjacent to each other in the circumferential direction. The pulley 421 is driven so as to move intermittently.
 束搬送ユニット34は、厚さ方向の一面側に等間隔でピン状の軸体341aが突設されたベルト341と、ベルト341が巻回されるプーリ342、343、344と、予め設定された回転速度でプーリ342を回転駆動することによりベルト341を矢印AR43に示す方向へ移動させるプーリ駆動部345と、を有する。ここで、反転ユニット49の2つの移送棚41aが予め設定された移載位置に配置されるタイミングで、軸体341aが反転ユニット49の2つの移送棚41aそれぞれのスリットに挿入される。そして、束搬送ユニット34は、軸体341aが2つの移送棚41aのスリットに挿入された状態で、ベルト341を矢印AR43へ移動させることにより、2つの移送棚41aそれぞれに載置された包装パックBPをそれらの外側へ押し出す。このとき、2つの移送棚41aそれぞれに載置されていた2つの包装パックBPが重なった状態でベルト341に移載される。そして、束搬送ユニット34は、2つの包装パックBPからなる束を矢印AR43に示す方向へ搬送する。 The bundle transport unit 34 is preset with a belt 341 in which pin-shaped shaft bodies 341a are projected at equal intervals on one surface side in the thickness direction, and pulleys 342, 343, and 344 around which the belt 341 is wound. It has a pulley drive unit 345 that moves the belt 341 in the direction indicated by the arrow AR43 by rotationally driving the pulley 342 at a rotational speed. Here, at the timing when the two transfer shelves 41a of the reversing unit 49 are arranged at the preset transfer positions, the shaft body 341a is inserted into the slits of the two transfer shelves 41a of the reversing unit 49. Then, the bundle transfer unit 34 is a packaging pack placed on each of the two transfer shelves 41a by moving the belt 341 to the arrow AR43 in a state where the shaft body 341a is inserted into the slits of the two transfer shelves 41a. Push BPs out of them. At this time, the two packaging packs BPs placed on the two transfer shelves 41a are transferred to the belt 341 in a state of being overlapped with each other. Then, the bundle transport unit 34 transports the bundle composed of the two packaging packs BP in the direction indicated by the arrow AR43.
 束搬送ユニット35は、アーム351と、アームを鉛直方向に駆動するアーム駆動部352と、レール354と、アーム351およびアーム駆動部352を纏めて支持しレール354に摺動自在に懸架されたスライダ353と、を有する。レール354は、束搬送ユニット34のプーリ344側の端部から選別装置60側へ延在している。ここで、束搬送ユニット34により2つの包装パックBPからなる束がアーム351の鉛直下方まで搬送されると、アーム駆動部352が、アーム351を矢印AR44に示すように鉛直下方へ移動させてアーム351の先端部を包装パックBPの束の上流側に差し込む。そして、アーム351が包装パックBPの束の上流側に差し込まれた状態で、スライダ353が、矢印AR45に示す方向へ移動することにより、包装パックBPの束が、選別装置60側へ押し出される。 The bundle transfer unit 35 is a slider that collectively supports the arm 351 and the arm drive unit 352 that drives the arm in the vertical direction, the rail 354, the arm 351 and the arm drive unit 352, and is slidably suspended on the rail 354. It has 353 and. The rail 354 extends from the end of the bundle transfer unit 34 on the pulley 344 side to the sorting device 60 side. Here, when the bundle of the two packaging packs BP is conveyed vertically below the arm 351 by the bundle transport unit 34, the arm drive unit 352 moves the arm 351 vertically downward as shown by the arrow AR44. Insert the tip of 351 into the upstream side of the bundle of packaging pack BP. Then, with the arm 351 inserted into the upstream side of the bundle of the packaging pack BP, the slider 353 moves in the direction indicated by the arrow AR45, so that the bundle of the packaging pack BP is pushed out to the sorting device 60 side.
 選別装置60は、図17に示すように、平面視円形のディスク61と、ディスク61を回転駆動するディスク駆動部62と、束搬送ユニット35から投入される包装パックBPの束を受け取る複数(図17では8つ)のバスケット63と、を有する。また、選別装置60は、包装パックBPの束の受け取った状態のバスケット63の重量に基づいて、包装パックBPの集積不良が生じているか否かを判定する集積不良判定部65と、包装パックBPの集積不良が生じた束または包装パックBPを回収する回収ユニット64と、を有する。複数のバスケット63は、それぞれ、ディスク61の周部においてディスク61の周方向に沿って等間隔に配設されている。集積不良判定部65は、重量センサ(図示せず)を有し、包装パックBPの束の受け取った状態のバスケット63の重量が予め設定された基準重量範囲外である場合、集積不良が発生したと判定する。なお、バスケット63が、集積装置40から受け取った包装パックBPの束をその積層方向が予め設定された方向となるように保持する機能を有する場合、集積不良判定部65は、予め設定された方向における包装パックBPの厚さを計測するレーザ変位計を有し、計測した包装パックBPの束の厚さが予め設定された基準厚さ範囲外である場合、集積不良が発生したと判定するものであってもよい。 As shown in FIG. 17, the sorting device 60 receives a plurality of discs 61 having a circular shape in a plan view, a disc driving unit 62 for rotationally driving the discs 61, and a bundle of packaging packs BP loaded from the bundle transport unit 35 (FIG. 17). 17 has 8) baskets 63 and. Further, the sorting device 60 includes a stacking defect determination unit 65 that determines whether or not a stacking defect of the packaging pack BP has occurred based on the weight of the basket 63 in the received state of the bundle of the packaging pack BP, and a packaging pack BP. It has a recovery unit 64 for recovering a bundle or a packaging pack BP in which a poor accumulation of the above has occurred. The plurality of baskets 63 are arranged at equal intervals along the circumferential direction of the disc 61 at the peripheral portion of the disc 61, respectively. The accumulation defect determination unit 65 has a weight sensor (not shown), and when the weight of the basket 63 in the received state of the bundle of packaging packs BP is out of the preset reference weight range, the accumulation defect has occurred. Is determined. When the basket 63 has a function of holding a bundle of packaging packs BP received from the accumulating device 40 so that the stacking direction thereof is a preset direction, the accumulation defect determination unit 65 has a preset direction. Has a laser displacement meter that measures the thickness of the packaging pack BP in the above, and if the measured thickness of the bundle of packaging pack BP is outside the preset standard thickness range, it is determined that an accumulation defect has occurred. It may be.
 この選別装置60は、移載位置Pos60において、集積装置40の束搬送ユニット35から矢印AR45に示すように押し出される包装パックBPの束を受け取る。そして、選別装置60は、ディスク61を矢印AR61に示す方向へ回転させることにより包装パックBPの束を受け取ったバスケット63を後工程へ引き渡す引渡し位置Pos61まで移動させる。そして、引渡し位置Pos61に配置されたバスケット63から包装パックBPの束が取り出される。一方、選別装置60は、集積不良判定部65により集積不良があると判定された場合、包装パックBPの束を受け取ったバスケット63を回収ユニット64へ排出する排出位置Pos62まで移動させる。そして、選別装置60は、排出位置Pos62に配置されたバスケット63に保持された包装パックBPの束または包装パックBPを回収ユニット64へ排出する。 The sorting device 60 receives a bundle of packaging packs BP extruded from the bundle transport unit 35 of the integrating device 40 as shown by an arrow AR45 at the transfer position Pos60. Then, the sorting device 60 moves the basket 63 that has received the bundle of the packaging pack BP to the delivery position Pos 61 that is delivered to the subsequent process by rotating the disc 61 in the direction indicated by the arrow AR61. Then, the bundle of the packaging pack BP is taken out from the basket 63 arranged at the delivery position Pos 61. On the other hand, when the sorting defect determination unit 65 determines that there is an accumulation defect, the sorting device 60 moves the basket 63 that has received the bundle of the packaging pack BP to the discharge position Pos 62 that discharges the bundle to the collection unit 64. Then, the sorting device 60 discharges the bundle of the package pack BP held in the basket 63 arranged at the discharge position Pos 62 or the package pack BP to the collection unit 64.
 以上説明したように、本実施の形態に係る包装機によれば、ワーク供給装置50において、気体吐出部55bが、ワークフィーダ53の内側に保持されたワークWをコイルシュート54の内側へ向かう方向へ付勢する形でワークWへ空気を吹き付ける。これにより、ワークフィーダ53の内側に保持されたワークWが円滑にコイルシュート54へ導入されるので、ワークWを円滑且つ高速に容器フィルムF2のポケットへ投入することができる。その結果、容器フィルムF2を比較的高速で下流側へ搬送することができるので、包装機における包装パックBPの生産効率を向上させることができる。 As described above, according to the packaging machine according to the present embodiment, in the work supply device 50, the gas discharge unit 55b directs the work W held inside the work feeder 53 toward the inside of the coil chute 54. Air is blown to the work W in the form of urging the work W. As a result, the work W held inside the work feeder 53 is smoothly introduced into the coil chute 54, so that the work W can be smoothly and quickly put into the pocket of the container film F2. As a result, the container film F2 can be transported to the downstream side at a relatively high speed, so that the production efficiency of the packaging pack BP in the packaging machine can be improved.
 ところで、シール装置14の搬送部141が有するホイール141aは、製造しようとする包装パックBPのポケットの大きさまたは形状が異なると、それに応じた凹部141eを有するホイール141aに交換する必要がある。この場合、ホイール141aを支軸に嵌め込む構造である場合、ホイール141aを交換する毎にホイール141aの内壁と支軸の外壁とが擦れ、ホイール141aの内壁または支軸の外壁が損傷してしまう虞がある。これに対して、本実施の形態に係るシール装置14の搬送部141では、前述のように、伝熱部材141cの本体部1411cの側壁とホイール141aの円筒状部1411aの内壁との間P141に隙間が形成されている。これにより、ホイール141aを伝熱部材141cに対して着脱する際、ホイール141aの内壁が伝熱部材141cの側壁に接触することを抑制できるので、ホイール141aまたは伝熱部材141cの損傷を抑制できる。また、本実施の形態に係る搬送部141では、支軸141dに固定された本体部1411cおよび蓋部1412cのみから伝熱部材141cにおける領域A141を水密に維持しているので、密封シールが不要である。このため、密封シールの交換作業が不要となるので、その分、搬送部141の稼働率を高めることができ、ひいては、包装機における包装パックBPの生産効率を向上させることができる。 By the way, if the size or shape of the pocket of the packaging pack BP to be manufactured is different, the wheel 141a included in the transport portion 141 of the sealing device 14 needs to be replaced with the wheel 141a having the corresponding recess 141e. In this case, in the case of a structure in which the wheel 141a is fitted to the support shaft, the inner wall of the wheel 141a and the outer wall of the support shaft rub against each other every time the wheel 141a is replaced, and the inner wall of the wheel 141a or the outer wall of the support shaft is damaged. There is a risk. On the other hand, in the transport portion 141 of the sealing device 14 according to the present embodiment, as described above, between the side wall of the main body portion 1411c of the heat transfer member 141c and the inner wall of the cylindrical portion 1411a of the wheel 141a, P141. A gap is formed. As a result, when the wheel 141a is attached to and detached from the heat transfer member 141c, it is possible to prevent the inner wall of the wheel 141a from coming into contact with the side wall of the heat transfer member 141c, so that damage to the wheel 141a or the heat transfer member 141c can be suppressed. Further, in the transport portion 141 according to the present embodiment, since the region A141 in the heat transfer member 141c is kept watertight only from the main body portion 1411c and the lid portion 1412c fixed to the support shaft 141d, a sealing seal is unnecessary. be. Therefore, since it is not necessary to replace the sealing seal, the operating rate of the transport unit 141 can be increased accordingly, and the production efficiency of the packaging pack BP in the packaging machine can be improved accordingly.
 また、本実施の形態に係る打ち抜き装置173のヘッド1734は、ベース17341と、ベース17341に立設された打ち抜き用カッタ1735およびスクラップ切断用カッタ1737と、を有する。そして、スクラップ切断用カッタ1737の先端部は、打ち抜き用カッタ1735の先端部よりも+Y方向側へ延出している。そして、打ち抜き装置173は、パックフィルムF4における打ち抜き用カッタに対向する部分が良品である場合、ヘッド1734を、前述の待機位置Pos0から第1位置Pos1まで移動させることにより、パックフィルムF4から包装パックBPを打ち抜くとともにスクラップF5を切断する。一方、打ち抜き装置173は、パックフィルムF4における打ち抜き用カッタ1735に対向する部分が不良品である場合、ヘッド1734を、待機位置Pos0から前述の第2位置Pos2まで移動させることにより、スクラップF5のみを切断する。ここで、待機位置Pos0から第1位置Pos1までの距離ST1は、待機位置Pos0から第2位置Pos2までの距離ST2よりも長い。これにより、パックフィルムF4から包装パックBPを打ち抜いた後、包装パックBPを良品と不良品とに選別する工程が不要となるので、その分、包装機における包装パックBPの生産効率を向上させることができる。 Further, the head 1734 of the punching device 173 according to the present embodiment has a base 17341, a punching cutter 1735 erected on the base 17341, and a scrap cutting cutter 1737. The tip of the scrap cutting cutter 1737 extends in the + Y direction with respect to the tip of the punching cutter 1735. Then, when the portion of the pack film F4 facing the punching cutter is a non-defective product, the punching device 173 moves the head 1734 from the above-mentioned standby position Pos0 to the first position Pos1 to pack the packaging from the pack film F4. Punch out the BP and cut the scrap F5. On the other hand, when the portion of the pack film F4 facing the punching cutter 1735 is defective, the punching device 173 moves only the scrap F5 from the standby position Pos0 to the above-mentioned second position Pos2. Disconnect. Here, the distance ST1 from the standby position Pos0 to the first position Pos1 is longer than the distance ST2 from the standby position Pos0 to the second position Pos2. This eliminates the need for the process of sorting the packaging pack BP into non-defective products and defective products after punching the packaging pack BP from the pack film F4, thereby improving the production efficiency of the packaging pack BP in the packaging machine. Can be done.
 更に、本実施の形態に係る打ち抜き装置173を使用することにより、スクラップF5を切断するための装置を、打ち抜き装置173とは別途に設ける必要が無くなるので、その分、包装機を小型化することができる。また、包装パックBPの不良品を含むスクラップF5をスクラップ回収部39に他のスクラップF5と一緒に回収することができるので、包装パックBPの不良品を回収するための機構を別途設ける必要がない。 Further, by using the punching device 173 according to the present embodiment, it is not necessary to provide a device for cutting the scrap F5 separately from the punching device 173, so that the packaging machine can be downsized accordingly. Can be done. Further, since the scrap F5 including the defective product of the packaging pack BP can be collected together with the other scrap F5 in the scrap collection unit 39, it is not necessary to separately provide a mechanism for collecting the defective product of the packaging pack BP. ..
 また、本実施の形態に係るロータリーサクション32は、包装パックBPを保持するチャックユニット322と、チャックユニット322を、前述の受け取り位置、撮像位置および移載位置のいずれかに配置するドラム321およびドラム駆動部323と、を有する。そして、撮像位置と移載位置とが、鉛直方向に並んでいる。これにより、例えば外観検査装置31により包装パックBPを撮像する撮像位置と、包装パックBPをパック搬送装置33へ移載する移載位置と、が、Y軸方向に並列している構成の包装機に比べて、包装機のY軸方向の長さを短縮することができる。従って、包装機の小型化を図ることができる。 Further, the rotary suction 32 according to the present embodiment is a drum 321 and a drum in which the chuck unit 322 for holding the packaging pack BP and the chuck unit 322 are arranged at any of the above-mentioned receiving position, imaging position and transfer position. It has a drive unit 323 and. Then, the imaging position and the transfer position are arranged in the vertical direction. As a result, for example, the imaging position for imaging the packaging pack BP by the visual inspection device 31 and the transfer position for transferring the packaging pack BP to the pack transfer device 33 are arranged in parallel in the Y-axis direction. The length of the packaging machine in the Y-axis direction can be shortened as compared with the above. Therefore, the size of the packaging machine can be reduced.
 更に、本実施の形態に係る包装機によれば、フィルム位置変更部283が、搬送部281の下流側に配置されパックフィルムF4を案内するフィルムガイド2831を有し、フィルムガイド2831のパックフィルムF4の幅方向における位置を変更することにより、打ち抜き装置173におけるパックフィルムF4の幅方向における位置を変更する。また、フィルム位置変更部26が、ガイドローラ261をパックフィルムF4の搬送方向またはパックフィルムF4の幅方向へ移動させることにより、スリット形成装置171におけるパックフィルムF4の位置を変更する。これにより、スリット形成装置171全体をパックフィルムF4の搬送方向または幅方向へ移動させるための駆動機構を設けること無く、スリット位置のパックフィルムF4の搬送方向または幅方向への補正を行うことができる。従って、打ち抜き装置173またはスリット形成装置171全体をパックフィルムF4の搬送方向または幅方向へ移動させるための駆動機構を設ける必要が無い分、包装機1の小型化が図れる。 Further, according to the packaging machine according to the present embodiment, the film position changing portion 283 has a film guide 2831 arranged on the downstream side of the transport portion 281 to guide the pack film F4, and the pack film F4 of the film guide 2831. By changing the position of the pack film F4 in the width direction, the position of the pack film F4 in the punching device 173 in the width direction is changed. Further, the film position changing unit 26 changes the position of the pack film F4 in the slit forming device 171 by moving the guide roller 261 in the transport direction of the pack film F4 or the width direction of the pack film F4. Thereby, the slit position can be corrected in the transport direction or the width direction of the pack film F4 without providing a drive mechanism for moving the entire slit forming device 171 in the transport direction or the width direction of the pack film F4. .. Therefore, the packaging machine 1 can be downsized because it is not necessary to provide a drive mechanism for moving the entire punching device 173 or the slit forming device 171 in the transport direction or the width direction of the pack film F4.
 また、本実施の形態に係る包装機では、位置センサ154が、カバーフィルムF3に設けられたマークのカバーフィルムF3の搬送方向における予め設定された基準位置からの位置ずれ量を検出し、張力調整部153が、位置センサ154により検出される位置ずれ量に基づいて、シール装置14へ搬送されるカバーフィルムF3に加わる張力を調整する。これにより、カバーフィルムF3の貼り付け位置の位置ずれの発生が抑制されるので、包装パックBPの外観品質を高めることができる。 Further, in the packaging machine according to the present embodiment, the position sensor 154 detects the amount of displacement of the mark provided on the cover film F3 from the preset reference position in the transport direction of the cover film F3, and adjusts the tension. The unit 153 adjusts the tension applied to the cover film F3 conveyed to the sealing device 14 based on the amount of misalignment detected by the position sensor 154. As a result, the occurrence of misalignment of the sticking position of the cover film F3 is suppressed, so that the appearance quality of the packaging pack BP can be improved.
 以上、本発明の実施の形態について説明したが、本発明は前述の各実施の形態の構成に限定されるものではない。例えば図18に示すように、シール装置2014が、搬送部141と、押圧部142と、カバーフィルムF3が搬送部141に搬送される直前で予めカバーフィルムF3を加熱する予熱部2145と、温度検出部2146と、を有するものであってもよい。なお、図18において、実施の形態と同様の構成については図1と同一の符号を付している。また、シール装置2014は、ローラ1441と、カバーフィルム供給ユニット2015から供給されるカバーフィルムF3を予熱部2145へ案内するローラ21442と、を有する。カバーフィルム供給ユニット2015は、実施の形態で説明したカバーフィルム供給ユニット15に、ローラ1523から繰り出されるカバーフィルムF3を案内するローラ21524を追加した構成を有する。 Although the embodiments of the present invention have been described above, the present invention is not limited to the configurations of the above-described embodiments. For example, as shown in FIG. 18, the sealing device 2014 detects the temperature of the transport unit 141, the pressing unit 142, the preheating unit 2145 that preheats the cover film F3 immediately before the cover film F3 is transported to the transport unit 141, and the temperature detection. It may have a part 2146 and. In FIG. 18, the same reference numerals as those in FIG. 1 are attached to the same configurations as those in the embodiment. Further, the sealing device 2014 includes a roller 1441 and a roller 21442 that guides the cover film F3 supplied from the cover film supply unit 2015 to the preheating unit 2145. The cover film supply unit 2015 has a configuration in which a roller 21524 for guiding the cover film F3 delivered from the roller 1523 is added to the cover film supply unit 15 described in the embodiment.
 予熱部2145は、図19に示すように、円筒状の伝熱ローラ2145aと、円柱状であり伝熱ローラ2145aを2つの軸受2145dを介して支持する支持部材2145bと、支持部材2145bおよび伝熱ローラ2145aを加熱するヒータ2145eと、を有する。伝熱ローラ2145aおよび支持部材2145bは、それぞれ、金属のような熱伝導率の高い材料から形成されている。支持部材2145bには、その内部をその中心軸に沿って貫通する貫通孔2145gが形成されている。ヒータ2145eは、制御装置90から電流が供給されることにより発熱する。ヒータ2145eは、支持部材2145bの貫通孔2145g内に挿通されている。また、予熱部2145は、支持部材2145bの長手方向における一端部に取り付けられた蓋部2145cと、支持部材2145bの他端部に装着され支持部材2145bを包装機本体99に固定する固定部材2145fと、を有する。 As shown in FIG. 19, the preheating section 2145 includes a cylindrical heat transfer roller 2145a, a support member 2145b that supports the columnar heat transfer roller 2145a via two bearings 2145d, a support member 2145b, and a heat transfer. It has a heater 2145e that heats the roller 2145a and a heater 2145e. The heat transfer roller 2145a and the support member 2145b are each made of a material having high thermal conductivity such as metal. The support member 2145b is formed with a through hole 2145g that penetrates the inside of the support member 2145b along its central axis. The heater 2145e generates heat when an electric current is supplied from the control device 90. The heater 2145e is inserted into the through hole 2145g of the support member 2145b. Further, the preheating portion 2145 includes a lid portion 2145 c attached to one end portion of the support member 2145 b in the longitudinal direction, and a fixing member 2145 f attached to the other end portion of the support member 2145 b to fix the support member 2145 b to the packaging machine main body 99. , Have.
 温度検出部2146は、例えばサーモパイルを有し、伝熱ローラ2145aの表面温度を検出し、検出した表面温度を示す温度検出信号を制御装置90へ出力する。そして、制御装置90は、温度検出部2146から入力される温度検出信号に基づいて、伝熱ローラ2145aの表面温度が予め設定された温度となるようにヒータ2145eへ供給する電流を制御する。 The temperature detection unit 2146 has, for example, a thermopile, detects the surface temperature of the heat transfer roller 2145a, and outputs a temperature detection signal indicating the detected surface temperature to the control device 90. Then, the control device 90 controls the current supplied to the heater 2145e so that the surface temperature of the heat transfer roller 2145a becomes a preset temperature based on the temperature detection signal input from the temperature detection unit 2146.
 本変形例に係る包装機では、予熱部2145によるカバーフィルムF3の加熱が不要な場合、図18の一点鎖線で示すように、ローラ21524から繰り出されるカバーフィルムF3を、ローラ1441に掛け回すことにより、カバーフィルムF3がローラ1441を経由して直接搬送部141へ至る経路で搬送されるように設定される。一方、予熱部2145によるカバーフィルムF3の加熱が必要な場合、ローラ21524から繰り出されるカバーフィルムF3を、ローラ21442に掛け回すことにより、カバーフィルムF3がローラ21442および予熱部2145を経由してから搬送部141へ至る経路で搬送されるように設定される。 In the packaging machine according to this modification, when the cover film F3 does not need to be heated by the preheating unit 2145, the cover film F3 unwound from the roller 21524 is hung on the roller 1441 as shown by the alternate long and short dash line in FIG. , The cover film F3 is set to be conveyed directly to the conveying section 141 via the roller 1441. On the other hand, when it is necessary to heat the cover film F3 by the preheating section 2145, the cover film F3 unwound from the roller 21524 is hung around the roller 21442, so that the cover film F3 is conveyed after passing through the roller 21442 and the preheating section 2145. It is set to be transported by the route to the unit 141.
 ところで、包装パックBPとして、そのカバーを幼児、子供等が簡単に剥がすことができないようにしたいわゆるチャイルドレシスタンス包装が提供されている。このような包装パックBPの製造では、カバーフィルムF3として比較的分厚いものが使用されることが多い。そうすると、押圧部142の伝熱ローラ1421による加熱だけではカバーフィルムF3における容器フィルムF2に貼着される側の温度を十分に上昇させることができず、カバーフィルムF3の容器フィルムF2への貼着不良が生じる虞がある。一方、容器フィルムF2およびカバーフィルムF3の搬送速度を低下させることによりカバーフィルムF3と伝熱ローラ1421とが接触している時間を長くすることによりカバーフィルムF3の温度を上昇させることが考えられるが、この場合、包装パックBPの製造に要する時間が長期化してしまいスループットが低下してしまう。 By the way, as a packaging pack BP, so-called childless packaging is provided in which the cover cannot be easily peeled off by infants, children, etc. In the production of such a packaging pack BP, a relatively thick cover film F3 is often used. Then, the temperature of the side of the cover film F3 to be attached to the container film F2 cannot be sufficiently raised only by heating by the heat transfer roller 1421 of the pressing portion 142, and the cover film F3 is attached to the container film F2. There is a risk of defects. On the other hand, it is conceivable that the temperature of the cover film F3 is raised by increasing the contact time between the cover film F3 and the heat transfer roller 1421 by lowering the transport speed of the container film F2 and the cover film F3. In this case, the time required for manufacturing the packaging pack BP becomes long, and the throughput decreases.
 これに対して、本構成によれば、予熱部2145によりカバーフィルムF3が搬送部141に搬送され押圧部142により押圧される前に加熱されるので、カバーフィルムF3における容器フィルムF2に貼着される側の温度を十分に上昇させることができる。従って、カバーフィルムF3の容器フィルムF2への貼着不良の発生が抑制される。 On the other hand, according to this configuration, since the cover film F3 is conveyed to the conveying unit 141 by the preheating portion 2145 and heated before being pressed by the pressing portion 142, it is attached to the container film F2 in the cover film F3. The temperature on the side can be raised sufficiently. Therefore, the occurrence of poor adhesion of the cover film F3 to the container film F2 is suppressed.
 また、本構成によれば、カバーフィルムF3の搬送経路を予熱部2145に加熱される経路と予熱部2145により加熱されない経路とに変更することができるので、使用できるカバーフィルムF3の種類が多いという利点もある。 Further, according to this configuration, the transport path of the cover film F3 can be changed to a path that is heated by the preheating section 2145 and a path that is not heated by the preheating section 2145, so that there are many types of cover film F3 that can be used. There are also advantages.
 実施の形態では、包装機が、印字装置27のみを備える例について説明した。但し、これに限らず、例えば図20に示すように、包装機が、印字装置27とともに、レーザ光を用いてパックフィルムF4に印字するレーザマーキング装置3027を備えるものであってもよい。なお、図20において、実施の形態と同様の構成については図1と同一の符号を付している。本変形例に係る包装機では、レーザマーキング装置3027が、包装機本体99の+Z方向側に設置され、包装機本体99におけるレーザマーキング装置3027が設置される部分には、レーザマーキング装置3027から放射されるレーザ光を包装機本体99の内側へ導入するための導入孔3099aが穿設されている。また、本変形例に係る包装機は、包装機本体99の導入孔3099aの-Z方向側におけるZ軸方向から見てX軸方向において導入孔3099aを挟んだ両側に設けられたローラ3292、3293を有する。更に、本変形例に係る包装機は、フィルム位置変更部26のガイドローラ261から繰り出されるパックフィルムF4をローラ3292へ案内するローラ3291と、ローラ3293から繰り出されるパックフィルムF4を、搬送部281のフィルム送りローラ2811へ案内するローラ3294と、を有する。そして、レーザマーキング装置3027は、2つのローラ3292、3293の間に張架されたパックフィルムF4にレーザ光を照射することによりマーキング処理を実行する。なお、包装機は、包装機本体99内におけるレーザマーキング装置3027の-Z方向側において2つのローラ3292、3293を含む部分全体を覆いレーザマーキング装置3027から放射されパックフィルムF4で散乱されるレーザ光を遮る遮光カバー(図示せず)を更に備えるものであってもよい。 In the embodiment, an example in which the packaging machine includes only the printing device 27 has been described. However, the present invention is not limited to this, and as shown in FIG. 20, for example, the packaging machine may include a printing device 27 and a laser marking device 3027 for printing on the pack film F4 using laser light. In FIG. 20, the same reference numerals as those in FIG. 1 are attached to the same configurations as those in the embodiment. In the packaging machine according to this modification, the laser marking device 3027 is installed on the + Z direction side of the packaging machine main body 99, and the portion of the packaging machine main body 99 where the laser marking device 3027 is installed is radiated from the laser marking device 3027. An introduction hole 3099a for introducing the laser beam to be introduced into the main body 99 of the packaging machine is bored. Further, in the packaging machine according to this modification, rollers 3292 and 3293 provided on both sides of the introduction hole 3099a of the packaging machine main body 99 with the introduction hole 3099a sandwiched in the X-axis direction when viewed from the Z-axis direction on the −Z direction side. Has. Further, in the packaging machine according to the present modification, the roller 3291 for guiding the pack film F4 unwound from the guide roller 261 of the film position changing portion 26 to the roller 3292 and the pack film F4 unwound from the roller 3293 are brought into the transport portion 281. It has a roller 3294 that guides the film feed roller 2811. Then, the laser marking device 3027 executes the marking process by irradiating the pack film F4 stretched between the two rollers 3292 and 3293 with a laser beam. The packaging machine covers the entire portion including the two rollers 3292 and 3293 on the −Z direction side of the laser marking device 3027 in the packaging machine main body 99, and the laser light emitted from the laser marking device 3027 and scattered by the pack film F4. A light-shielding cover (not shown) that blocks the light-shielding cover may be further provided.
 本変形例に係る包装機では、印字装置27によるパックフィルムF4への印字が必要な場合、図20の一点鎖線で示すように、フィルム位置変更部26のガイドローラ261から繰り出されるパックフィルムF4を、直接印字装置27のローラ1441に掛け回すことにより、パックフィルムF4が印字装置27で印字された後、搬送部281へ搬送されるように設定される。一方、レーザマーキング装置3027によるパックフィルムF4へのマーキング処理が必要な場合、フィルム位置変更部26のガイドローラ261から繰り出されるパックフィルムF4を、ローラ3291、3292、3293、3294それぞれに掛け回すことにより、パックフィルムF4がローラ3292、3293の間に張架された状態でマーキング処理された後、搬送部281へ搬送されるように設定される。 In the packaging machine according to this modification, when printing on the pack film F4 by the printing device 27 is required, the pack film F4 unwound from the guide roller 261 of the film position changing portion 26 is fed as shown by the alternate long and short dash line in FIG. By directly hanging around the roller 1441 of the printing device 27, the pack film F4 is set to be transferred to the transport unit 281 after being printed by the printing device 27. On the other hand, when it is necessary to perform marking processing on the pack film F4 by the laser marking device 3027, the pack film F4 unwound from the guide roller 261 of the film position changing portion 26 is hung around the rollers 3291, 3292, 3293, and 3294, respectively. , The pack film F4 is set to be transported to the transport unit 281 after being marked in a state of being stretched between the rollers 3292 and 3293.
 本構成によれば、パックフィルムF4の搬送経路を、印字装置27による印字が可能な経路と、レーザマーキング装置3027によるマーキング処理が可能な経路と、に変更することができるので、多様な包装パックBPの要求使用に適用できるという利点がある。 According to this configuration, the transport path of the pack film F4 can be changed to a path capable of printing by the printing device 27 and a path capable of marking processing by the laser marking device 3027, so that various packaging packs can be used. It has the advantage that it can be applied to the required use of BP.
 実施の形態では、気体吐出部55bが、一端側で固定部材55の空気流路55cに連通し、他端側が固定部材55の貫通孔55a内に開口しており、空気流路55cに導入された空気を貫通孔55a内へ吐出する例について説明した。但し、気体吐出部の構成は、これに限定されるものではなく、例えば、気体吐出部が、一端側で空気流路55cに連通し且つ他端側が固定部材55の貫通孔55a内に開口した複数の流路から構成されるものであってもよい。或いは、気体吐出部が、固定部材55の貫通孔55aの上方に設置されたノズル(図示せず)を有し、ノズルから貫通孔55a内に向けて気体を吐出するものであってもよい。 In the embodiment, the gas discharge portion 55b communicates with the air flow path 55c of the fixing member 55 on one end side and opens in the through hole 55a of the fixing member 55 on the other end side, and is introduced into the air flow path 55c. An example of discharging the generated air into the through hole 55a has been described. However, the configuration of the gas discharge portion is not limited to this, and for example, the gas discharge portion communicates with the air flow path 55c on one end side and opens on the other end side in the through hole 55a of the fixing member 55. It may be composed of a plurality of flow paths. Alternatively, the gas discharge portion may have a nozzle (not shown) installed above the through hole 55a of the fixing member 55, and discharge the gas from the nozzle toward the inside of the through hole 55a.
 実施の形態では、包装機がロータリーサクション32を備える例について説明したが、打ち抜き装置173で打ち抜かれた包装パックBPを、外観検査装置31により包装パックBPを撮像するための撮像位置およびパック搬送装置33へ移載する移載位置へ搬送する機能を有するものであれば他の構成のパック搬送装置であってもよい。例えば、パック搬送装置が、長尺であり一端部を支点して旋回可能なアームと、アームの他端部に設けられたチャックと、アームを旋回駆動するアーム駆動部と、を有するものであってもよい。そして、アーム駆動部が、アームを旋回させることにより、チャックを打ち抜き装置173から包装パックBPを受け取るための受け取り位置と、外観検査装置31により包装パックBPを撮像するための撮像位置と、包装パックBPを、パック搬送装置33へ移載するための移載位置と、のいずれかに配置するものであってもよい。 In the embodiment, an example in which the packaging machine is provided with the rotary suction 32 has been described, but the imaging position and the pack transport device for imaging the packaging pack BP punched by the punching device 173 by the visual inspection device 31. A pack transfer device having another configuration may be used as long as it has a function of transferring to the transfer position to be transferred to 33. For example, the pack transfer device has an arm that is long and can be swiveled with one end as a fulcrum, a chuck provided at the other end of the arm, and an arm drive unit that swivels and drives the arm. You may. Then, the arm drive unit rotates the arm to punch the chuck, and the receiving position for receiving the packaging pack BP from the device 173, the imaging position for imaging the packaging pack BP by the visual inspection device 31, and the packaging pack. The BP may be arranged at any of the transfer positions for transferring to the pack transfer device 33.
 実施の形態において、外観検査装置31が、ロータリーサクション32のチャックユニット322に保持された状態で包装パックBPを撮像する例について説明したが、これに限らず、ロータリーサクション32よりも下流側、即ち、包装パックBPがロータリーサクション32から集積装置40に搬送されるまでの間において包装パックBPを撮像するものであってもよい。この場合、外観検査装置31は、例えば図21Aおよび図21Bに示すような、チャックユニット4322を有する撮像ステージに保持された包装パックBPを撮像するようにしてもよい。撮像ステージは、ステージ本体4321と、ステージ本体4321に着脱自在に固定されたチャックユニット4322と、を有する。チャックユニット4322は、複数(図21Bでは6つ)の吸着ヘッド4333と、弾性材料から形成され複数の吸着ヘッド4333それぞれの先端部に装着された吸着パッド4332と、矩形箱状であり複数の吸着ヘッド4333を纏めて支持しステージ本体4321に固定されるヘッド支持部4331と、を有する。吸着ヘッド4333の内側には、包装パックBPの吸着時に減圧状態で維持される管4333aが設けられている。また、ヘッド支持部4331の内側には、管4333aそれぞれに連通する管4331aが設けられている。更に、ヘッド支持部4331の側壁には、複数の窓4331bが設けられている。これにより、吸着パッド4332の交換を行う作業者の作業性を高めることができるとともに、ヘッド支持部4331の軽量化を図ることができる。そして、チャックユニット4322がステージ本体4321に固定された状態において、管4331aは、ステージ本体4321に設けられ真空ポンプ(図示せず)に接続された排気管4322bに連通する。また、吸着パッド4332、吸着ヘッド4333およびヘッド支持部4331の少なくとも一部は、例えば樹脂から形成されている。 In the embodiment, an example in which the visual inspection device 31 images the packaging pack BP while being held by the chuck unit 322 of the rotary suction 32 has been described, but the present invention is not limited to this, and is not limited to this, that is, the downstream side of the rotary suction 32, that is, , The packaging pack BP may be imaged during the period from the rotary suction 32 to the integration device 40. In this case, the visual inspection device 31 may image the packaging pack BP held on the image pickup stage having the chuck unit 4322, for example, as shown in FIGS. 21A and 21B. The imaging stage includes a stage main body 4321 and a chuck unit 4322 detachably fixed to the stage main body 4321. The chuck unit 4322 has a plurality of suction heads (six in FIG. 21B), a suction pad 4332 formed of an elastic material and attached to the tip of each of the plurality of suction heads 4333, and a plurality of suction pads in a rectangular box shape. It has a head support portion 4331 that collectively supports the head 4333 and is fixed to the stage main body 4321. Inside the suction head 4333, a tube 4333a that is maintained in a reduced pressure state when the packaging pack BP is sucked is provided. Further, inside the head support portion 4331, a pipe 4331a communicating with each of the pipes 4333a is provided. Further, a plurality of windows 4331b are provided on the side wall of the head support portion 4331. As a result, the workability of the operator who replaces the suction pad 4332 can be improved, and the weight of the head support portion 4331 can be reduced. Then, in a state where the chuck unit 4322 is fixed to the stage main body 4321, the pipe 4331a communicates with the exhaust pipe 4322b provided in the stage main body 4321 and connected to the vacuum pump (not shown). Further, at least a part of the suction pad 4332, the suction head 4333, and the head support portion 4331 is formed of, for example, resin.
 ところで、包装パックBPは、その全体が反った状態(湾曲した状態)で撮像ステージに受け渡される場合がある。この場合、外観検査装置31において、撮像部311の焦点がずれたりすることにより、包装パックBPにおける撮像対象部分の撮影画像が不鮮明になってしまい、包装パックBPに設けられたマークの認識或いは包装パックBPに付着した異物または汚れの有無の検査を精度良く行えなくなる虞がある。また、外観検査装置31において撮像された撮影画像を用いて、包装パックBPの測長を行う場合、包装パックBPの全体が反った状態になっていると、包装パックBPの長さを精度良く検出できない。 By the way, the packaging pack BP may be delivered to the imaging stage in a warped state (curved state) as a whole. In this case, in the visual inspection device 31, the image pickup unit 311 is defocused, so that the captured image of the image pickup target portion in the package pack BP becomes unclear, and the mark provided on the package pack BP is recognized or packaged. There is a risk that the inspection for the presence or absence of foreign matter or dirt adhering to the pack BP cannot be performed accurately. Further, when measuring the length of the packaging pack BP using the photographed image captured by the visual inspection device 31, if the entire packaging pack BP is in a warped state, the length of the packaging pack BP can be accurately adjusted. Cannot be detected.
 これに対して、本変形例に係るチャックユニット4322は、図21Aに示すように、包装パックBPを、複数の吸着パッド4332に吸着させた状態で保持する。これにより、包装パックBPを平坦にしてから撮像部311により撮像できるので、撮像部311により撮像して得られる撮影画像の鮮明度を高めることができる。従って、外観検査装置31による包装パックBPに設けられたマークの認識或いは包装パックBPに付着した異物または汚れの有無の検査の精度を高めることができる。また、外観検査装置31において撮像された撮影画像を用いて、包装パックBPの測長を行う場合、包装パックBPの長さを精度良く検出できる。 On the other hand, as shown in FIG. 21A, the chuck unit 4322 according to the present modification holds the packaging pack BP in a state of being sucked by a plurality of suction pads 4332. As a result, since the packaging pack BP can be flattened and then imaged by the image pickup unit 311, the sharpness of the photographed image obtained by the image pickup unit 311 can be improved. Therefore, it is possible to improve the accuracy of recognition of the mark provided on the packaging pack BP by the visual inspection device 31 or inspection of the presence or absence of foreign matter or dirt adhering to the packaging pack BP. Further, when the length of the package pack BP is measured using the photographed image captured by the visual inspection device 31, the length of the package pack BP can be detected with high accuracy.
 実施の形態において、外観検査装置31の代わりに包装パックBPの表面の3次元形状を計測することができるレーザ変位計を採用してもよい。 In the embodiment, a laser displacement meter capable of measuring the three-dimensional shape of the surface of the packaging pack BP may be adopted instead of the visual inspection device 31.
 また、実施の形態に係る制御装置90は、包装機本体99の外部に配置されるものであってもよいし、或いは、制御装置90の機能の一部がクラウドサーバにより実現されるものであってもよい。 Further, the control device 90 according to the embodiment may be arranged outside the packaging machine main body 99, or a part of the functions of the control device 90 is realized by the cloud server. You may.
 実施の形態では、フィルム位置変更部283により、打ち抜き装置173におけるパックフィルムF4のX軸方向における位置を変更する例について説明した。但し、これに限らず、例えば、搬送部281が、フィルム送りローラ2811をパックフィルムF4のX軸方向へさせることにより、パックフィルムF4のX軸方向における位置を変更するローラ駆動部(図示せず)を有し、搬送部281が、フィルム位置変更部として機能するものであってもよい。そして、印字装置27では、搬送部281においてパックフィルムF4がX軸方向へずらされた場合、それに応じて、印字ヘッド272の位置をX軸方向へ移動させるようにすればよい。 In the embodiment, an example in which the position of the pack film F4 in the punching device 173 in the X-axis direction is changed by the film position changing unit 283 has been described. However, the present invention is not limited to this, and for example, the transport unit 281 changes the position of the pack film F4 in the X-axis direction by causing the film feed roller 2811 to move in the X-axis direction of the pack film F4 (not shown). ), And the transport unit 281 may function as a film position change unit. Then, in the printing device 27, when the pack film F4 is displaced in the X-axis direction in the transport unit 281, the position of the print head 272 may be moved in the X-axis direction accordingly.
 本構成によれば、フィルム位置変更部283を省略することにより部品点数を削減することができるので、包装機1の簡素化および小型化を図ることができる。 According to this configuration, the number of parts can be reduced by omitting the film position changing portion 283, so that the packaging machine 1 can be simplified and downsized.
 実施の形態において、打ち抜き装置が、スクラップ打ち抜き後のパックフィルムについて搬送方向に直交する方向への切断位置を変更することにより包装パックに含まれるポケットPo1の数を変更することができるものであってもよい。この場合、打ち抜き装置は、パックフィルムからスクラップを打ち抜いた後、包装パックを打ち抜く動作を実行する。 In the embodiment, the punching device can change the number of pockets Po1 contained in the packaging pack by changing the cutting position of the pack film after scrap punching in the direction orthogonal to the transport direction. May be good. In this case, the punching device performs an operation of punching the packaging pack after punching the scrap from the pack film.
 例えば図22に示すように、本変形例に掛かる打ち抜き装置573は、パックフィルムの+Y方向側に配置されるダイユニット5732と、パックフィルムの-Y方向側に配置されるヘッド5734と、を有する。なお、図22において、実施の形態と同様の構成については図12と同一の符号を付している。ヘッド5734は、ベース17341と、ガイド保持部17342と、ベース17341における+Y方向側に立設されパックフィルムからスクラップを打ち抜くための打ち抜き用カッタ5735と、パックフィルムを切断することにより包装パックを切り出すパックフィルム切断用カッタ5737と、を有する。パックフィルム切断用カッタ5737は、パックフィルムにおける打ち抜き用カッタ5735が対向する部分よりも下流側、即ち、-Z方向側に対向して配置されている。即ち、パックフィルム切断用カッタ5737は、ベース17341の+Y方向側における、打ち抜き用カッタ5735の-Z方向側に立設されている。ここで、打ち抜き用カッタ5735の先端部は、パックフィルム切断用カッタ5737の先端部よりもベース17341側とは反対側、即ち、+Y方向側へ延出している。 For example, as shown in FIG. 22, the punching device 573 according to this modification has a die unit 5732 arranged on the + Y direction side of the pack film and a head 5734 arranged on the −Y direction side of the pack film. .. In FIG. 22, the same reference numerals as those in FIG. 12 are attached to the same configurations as those in the embodiment. The head 5734 includes a base 17341, a guide holding portion 17342, a punching cutter 5735 that is erected on the + Y direction side of the base 17341 and for punching scrap from the pack film, and a pack that cuts out a packaging pack by cutting the pack film. It has a film cutting cutter 5737 and. The pack film cutting cutter 5737 is arranged on the downstream side of the portion of the pack film on which the punching cutter 5735 faces, that is, facing the −Z direction side. That is, the pack film cutting cutter 5737 is erected on the + Y direction side of the base 17341 and on the −Z direction side of the punching cutter 5735. Here, the tip of the punching cutter 5735 extends from the tip of the pack film cutting cutter 5737 to the side opposite to the base 17341 side, that is, to the + Y direction side.
 ダイユニット5732は、板状であり中央部にパックフィルムから打ち抜かれたスクラップをダイユニット5732の+Y方向側へ排出するための開口部5732dが形成されたベース57321と、パックフィルムを案内するガイド部材5739と、を有する。ベース57321におけるヘッド5734のパックフィルム切断用カッタ5737に対向する部分にも、開口部5739dが形成されている。これにより、パックフィルム切断用カッタ5737をダイユニット5732に近づけることによりパックフィルムを切断する際、パックフィルム切断用カッタ5737の先端部が開口部5732bの内側に挿入され、パックフィルム切断用カッタ5737の先端部がベース57321に接触するのを防止している。ガイド部材5739は、実施の形態で説明したガイド部材1739と同様に、断面コ字状であり、側壁にヘッド5734の打ち抜き用カッタ5735が挿通される開口部5739aと、パックフィルム切断用カッタ5737が挿通される開口部5739dと、が穿設されるとともに、+Y方向側に溝(図示せず)が設けられている。ガイド部材5739は、その溝側がベース57321に固定され、ガイド部材5739の溝とベース57321の-Y方向側の面との間にパックフィルムが挿通される。更に、ガイド部材5739におけるヘッド5734のガイドピン1738に対向する部分には、ガイドピン1738の先端部が挿通される孔(図示せず)が穿設されている。 The die unit 5732 is a plate-shaped base 57321 having an opening 5732d formed in the center of the die unit 5732 for discharging scrap punched from the pack film in the + Y direction, and a guide member for guiding the pack film. It has 5739 and. An opening 5739d is also formed in a portion of the base 57321 facing the pack film cutting cutter 5737 of the head 5734. As a result, when cutting the pack film by bringing the pack film cutting cutter 5737 closer to the die unit 5732, the tip of the pack film cutting cutter 5737 is inserted inside the opening 5732b, and the pack film cutting cutter 5737 is inserted. It prevents the tip portion from coming into contact with the base 57321. The guide member 5739 has a U-shaped cross section like the guide member 1739 described in the embodiment, and has an opening 5739a through which a punching cutter 5735 of the head 5734 is inserted in the side wall, and a pack film cutting cutter 5737. An opening 5739d to be inserted is formed, and a groove (not shown) is provided on the + Y direction side. The groove side of the guide member 5739 is fixed to the base 57321, and a pack film is inserted between the groove of the guide member 5739 and the surface of the base 57321 on the −Y direction side. Further, a hole (not shown) through which the tip of the guide pin 1738 is inserted is bored in a portion of the guide member 5739 facing the guide pin 1738 of the head 5734.
 図23に示すように、本変形例に係るシートフィルムF54は、矢印AR500に示す方向へ搬送される。そして、打ち抜き装置574は、まず、打ち抜き用カッタ5735を用いて、シートフィルムF54の短手方向における両端部にスクラップ部分を打ち抜く。その後、打ち抜き装置574は、パックフィルム切断用カッタ5737を用いて、スクラップが打ち抜かれたシートフィルムF55を短手方向に沿って切断することにより、包装パックを切り出す。 As shown in FIG. 23, the sheet film F54 according to this modification is conveyed in the direction indicated by the arrow AR500. Then, the punching device 574 first punches the scrap portions at both ends of the sheet film F54 in the lateral direction by using the punching cutter 5735. After that, the punching device 574 cuts out the packaging pack by cutting the sheet film F55 from which the scrap has been punched along the lateral direction using the pack film cutting cutter 5737.
 ここで、打ち抜き装置573の動作について図24A乃至図25Bを参照しながら説明する。まず、打ち抜き装置173は、図24Aの矢印AR571に示すように、ヘッド5734を、予め設定された待機位置Pos0から第3位置Pos51まで移動させる。ここで、待機位置Pos0は、打ち抜き用カッタ5735およびパックフィルム切断用カッタ5737がパックフィルムF54に接触しない位置である。また、第3位置Pos51は、打ち抜き用カッタ5735の先端部がパックフィルムF54の+Y方向側に位置し且つパックフィルム切断用カッタ5737の先端部がパックフィルムF54に接触しないような位置である。これにより、打ち抜き用カッタ5735によりパックフィルムF54からスクラップF55が打ち抜かれる。ここで、打ち抜かれたスクラップF55は、スクラップ回収部(図示せず)に回収される。次に、打ち抜き装置573は、図24Bの矢印AR572に示すように、ヘッド5734を再び待機位置Pos0へ戻すとともに、搬送部281が、矢印AR573に示すようにパックフィルムF54およびパックフィルムF54に繋がるパックフィルムF56を-Z方向へ移動させる。このとき、搬送部281は、パックフィルムF54における次に打ち抜くスクラップF55に対応する部分がヘッド5734の打ち抜き用カッタ5735の+Y方向側に配置されるように、パックフィルムF54を移動させる。 Here, the operation of the punching device 573 will be described with reference to FIGS. 24A to 25B. First, the punching device 173 moves the head 5734 from the preset standby position Pos0 to the third position Pos51, as shown by the arrow AR571 in FIG. 24A. Here, the standby position Pos0 is a position where the punching cutter 5735 and the pack film cutting cutter 5737 do not come into contact with the pack film F54. Further, the third position Pos51 is a position where the tip of the punching cutter 5735 is located on the + Y direction side of the pack film F54 and the tip of the pack film cutting cutter 5737 does not come into contact with the pack film F54. As a result, the scrap F55 is punched from the pack film F54 by the punching cutter 5735. Here, the punched scrap F55 is collected by a scrap collection unit (not shown). Next, the punching device 573 returns the head 5734 to the standby position Pos0 again as shown by the arrow AR572 in FIG. 24B, and the transport unit 281 connects the pack film F54 and the pack film F54 as shown by the arrow AR573. The film F56 is moved in the −Z direction. At this time, the transport unit 281 moves the pack film F54 so that the portion of the pack film F54 corresponding to the scrap F55 to be punched next is arranged on the + Y direction side of the punching cutter 5735 of the head 5734.
 また、パックフィルムF56から包装パックBPを切り出す場合、打ち抜き装置573は、図25Aの矢印AR574に示すように、ヘッド5734を、前述の待機位置Pos0から第4位置Pos52まで移動させる。ここで、第2位置Pos52は、打ち抜き用カッタ5735の先端部およびパックフィルム切断用カッタ5737の先端部がパックフィルムF54における+Y方向側に位置するような位置である。これにより、打ち抜き用カッタ5735によりパックフィルムF54からスクラップF55が打ち抜かれるとともに、パックフィルム切断用カッタ5737によりパックフィルムF56から包装パックBPが切り出される。ここで、切り出された包装パックBPは、後工程へ搬送される。次に、打ち抜き装置573は、図25Bの矢印AR575に示すように、ヘッド5734を再び待機位置Pos0へ戻すとともに、搬送部281が、矢印AR576に示すようにパックフィルムF54およびパックフィルムF54に繋がるパックフィルムF56を-Z方向へ移動させる。このとき、搬送部281は、パックフィルムF54における次に打ち抜くスクラップF55に対応する部分がヘッド5734の打ち抜き用カッタ5735の+Y方向側に配置されるように、パックフィルムF54を移動させる。 Further, when the packaging pack BP is cut out from the pack film F56, the punching device 573 moves the head 5734 from the above-mentioned standby position Pos0 to the fourth position Pos52 as shown by the arrow AR574 in FIG. 25A. Here, the second position Pos 52 is a position such that the tip end portion of the punching cutter 5735 and the tip end portion of the pack film cutting cutter 5737 are located on the + Y direction side of the pack film F54. As a result, the scrap F55 is punched from the pack film F54 by the punching cutter 5735, and the packaging pack BP is cut out from the pack film F56 by the pack film cutting cutter 5737. Here, the cut out packaging pack BP is transported to a subsequent process. Next, the punching device 573 returns the head 5734 to the standby position Pos0 again as shown by the arrow AR575 in FIG. 25B, and the transport unit 281 connects the pack film F54 and the pack film F54 as shown by the arrow AR576. The film F56 is moved in the −Z direction. At this time, the transport unit 281 moves the pack film F54 so that the portion of the pack film F54 corresponding to the scrap F55 to be punched next is arranged on the + Y direction side of the punching cutter 5735 of the head 5734.
 ここで、本変形例に係る打ち抜き装置574の打ち抜き動作について、図26を参照しながら説明する。まず、搬送部281が、パックフィルムF54を、打ち抜き用カッタ5734が一度に打ち抜くことができるスクラップF55のパックフィルムF54の搬送方向における長さに相当する距離LsだけパックフィルムF54を移動させる(ステップS501)。次に、制御装置9が、パックフィルムF54の搬送開始または先にパックフィルム切断用カッタ5737により切断された直後からのパックフィルムF54の移動距離が距離Lsと予め設定された係数m(mは正の整数)との積に相当する距離に等しいか否かを判定する(ステップS502)。ここで、係数mは、パックフィルムF54、F56に含まれる1つの包装パックBPに対応する領域のパックフィルムF54、56の搬送方向における長さを距離Lsで除して得られる数に相当する。この係数mは、1つの包装パックBPに含まれるポケットPo1の数に応じて変更される。制御装置9が、パックフィルムF54の移動距離が距離Lsと係数mとの積に相当する距離よりも短いと判定すると(ステップS502:No)、打ち抜き装置574は、ヘッド5734を距離ST51だけ+Y方向へ移動させる(ステップS503)。これにより、パックフィルムF54からスクラップF55のみ打ち抜かれる。一方、制御装置9が、パックフィルムF54の移動距離が距離Lsと係数mとの積に相当する距離と等しいと判定すると(ステップS502:Yes)、打ち抜き装置574は、ヘッド5734を距離ST52だけ+Y方向へ移動させる(ステップS504)。これにより、パックフィルムF54から包装パックBPが切り出される。 Here, the punching operation of the punching device 574 according to this modification will be described with reference to FIG. 26. First, the transport unit 281 moves the pack film F54 by a distance Ls corresponding to the length of the scrap F55 in the transport direction in which the punching cutter 5734 can punch the pack film F54 at a time (step S501). ). Next, the moving distance of the pack film F54 immediately after the control device 9 starts transporting the pack film F54 or is cut by the pack film cutting cutter 5737 first is a distance Ls and a preset coefficient m (m is positive). It is determined whether or not it is equal to the distance corresponding to the product of (an integer of) (step S502). Here, the coefficient m corresponds to a number obtained by dividing the length of the pack films F54, 56 in the transport direction of the region corresponding to one packaging pack BP included in the pack films F54, F56 by the distance Ls. This coefficient m is changed according to the number of pockets Po1 contained in one packaging pack BP. When the control device 9 determines that the moving distance of the pack film F54 is shorter than the distance corresponding to the product of the distance Ls and the coefficient m (step S502: No), the punching device 574 moves the head 5734 by the distance ST51 in the + Y direction. (Step S503). As a result, only the scrap F55 is punched out from the pack film F54. On the other hand, when the control device 9 determines that the moving distance of the pack film F54 is equal to the distance corresponding to the product of the distance Ls and the coefficient m (step S502: Yes), the punching device 574 sets the head 5734 by the distance ST52 + Y. It is moved in the direction (step S504). As a result, the packaging pack BP is cut out from the pack film F54.
 本構成によれば、係数mの設定を変更するだけで、種々の長さの包装パックBPを作製することができる。従って、例えば作製する包装パックBPの長さが変わる毎に包装パックBPの長さに応じたヘッドとダイユニットとの組合せに交換する作業が不要となる。それ故、例えば長さが互いに異なる多種の包装パックBPを製造する際のヘッドとダイユニットとの組合せを交換する作業の頻度を低減できるので、包装パックBPの生産効率を向上させることができる。 According to this configuration, packaging pack BPs of various lengths can be produced simply by changing the setting of the coefficient m. Therefore, for example, every time the length of the package pack BP to be produced changes, it is not necessary to replace the head and die unit according to the length of the package pack BP. Therefore, for example, it is possible to reduce the frequency of the work of exchanging the combination of the head and the die unit when manufacturing various packaging pack BPs having different lengths, so that the production efficiency of the packaging pack BP can be improved.
 実施の形態において、制御装置9が、外観検査装置31から送信される包装パックBP6を撮像して得られる画像情報に基づいて、張力調整部292により容器フィルムF2に印加される張力を変更するように張力調整部292を制御するものであってもよい。或いは、制御装置9が、外観検査装置31から送信される包装パックを撮像して得られる画像情報に基づいて、チャックフィード232による容器フィルムF2の送り量を変化させるようにチャックフィード232を制御するものであってもよい。 In the embodiment, the control device 9 changes the tension applied to the container film F2 by the tension adjusting unit 292 based on the image information obtained by imaging the packaging pack BP6 transmitted from the visual inspection device 31. The tension adjusting unit 292 may be controlled. Alternatively, the control device 9 controls the chuck feed 232 so as to change the feed amount of the container film F2 by the chuck feed 232 based on the image information obtained by imaging the packaging pack transmitted from the visual inspection device 31. It may be a thing.
 例えば図27Aに示すように、パックフィルムF64のカバーフィルムF63が、非透明なシール部分CE1と、透明ないわゆるノンシール部分NC1と、を有するものである場合、パックフィルムF64を平面視したときに、ノンシール部NC1がポケットPo1の中央部に位置するように、カバーフィルムF63が容器フィルムF2に貼着されている必要がある。この場合、パックフィルムF64から打ち抜かれた包装パックBP6は、ノンシール部分NC1がポケットPo1の中央部に配置されている。一方、例えば図27Bに示すように、パックフィルムF64を平面視したときに、ノンシール部NC1がポケットPo1の中央部からずれている場合、パックフィルムF64から打ち抜かれた包装パックBP6においても、ノンシール部分NC1がポケットPo1の中央部からずれてしまう。この場合、外観検査等の後に行われる工程において外観不良と判断されてしまう虞がある。そこで、本変形例に係る制御装置9は、包装パックBP6を撮像して得られる画像情報からパックフィルムF64の搬送方向に沿ったノンシール部分NC1のポケットPo1に対するズレ量並びにズレ方向を算出し、ズレ量が予め設定されたズレ量以上となった場合、そのズレ量を低減するように容器フィルムF2の送り量を変更する。 For example, as shown in FIG. 27A, when the cover film F63 of the pack film F64 has a non-transparent seal portion CE1 and a transparent so-called non-seal portion NC1, when the pack film F64 is viewed in a plan view, The cover film F63 needs to be attached to the container film F2 so that the non-seal portion NC1 is located at the center of the pocket Po1. In this case, in the packaging pack BP6 punched out from the pack film F64, the non-seal portion NC1 is arranged in the central portion of the pocket Po1. On the other hand, for example, as shown in FIG. 27B, when the non-seal portion NC1 is displaced from the central portion of the pocket Po1 when the pack film F64 is viewed in a plan view, the non-seal portion is also in the packaging pack BP6 punched out from the pack film F64. NC1 shifts from the center of pocket Po1. In this case, there is a risk that the appearance may be judged to be poor in the process performed after the appearance inspection or the like. Therefore, the control device 9 according to this modification calculates the deviation amount and the deviation direction of the non-seal portion NC1 along the transport direction of the pack film F64 with respect to the pocket Po1 from the image information obtained by imaging the packaging pack BP6, and causes the deviation. When the amount exceeds a preset deviation amount, the feed amount of the container film F2 is changed so as to reduce the deviation amount.
 ここで、本変形例に係る制御装置9が実行する容器フィルム送り量調整処理について図28を参照しながら説明する。まず、制御装置9は、外観検査装置31から送信される包装パックBP6を撮像して得られる包装パック画像を取得する(ステップS601)。次に、制御装置9は、包装パック画像に基づいて、ノンシール部分NC1の周縁部分およびポケットPo1の周縁部分それぞれを検出するエッジ検出処理を実行する(ステップS602)。ここで、制御装置9は、例えばキャニー法、ラプラシアン法等の周知のエッジ検出アルゴリズムを用いてエッジ検出処理を実行する。 Here, the container film feed amount adjusting process executed by the control device 9 according to this modification will be described with reference to FIG. 28. First, the control device 9 acquires a package pack image obtained by imaging the package pack BP6 transmitted from the visual inspection device 31 (step S601). Next, the control device 9 executes an edge detection process for detecting each of the peripheral portion of the non-sealed portion NC1 and the peripheral portion of the pocket Po1 based on the package pack image (step S602). Here, the control device 9 executes the edge detection process by using a well-known edge detection algorithm such as the Canny method or the Laplacian method.
 続いて、制御装置9は、エッジ検出処理により検出されたノンシール部分NC1の周縁部分およびポケットPo1の周縁部分の位置に基づいて、パックフィルムF64の搬送方向に沿ったノンシール部分NC1のポケットPo1に対するズレ量並びにズレ方向を算出する(ステップS603)。ここで、制御装置9は、エッジ検出処理により検出されたノンシール部分NC1の周縁部分の位置からノンシール部分NC1の中心部分の位置を特定し、エッジ検出処理により検出されたポケットPo1の周縁部分の位置からポケットPo1の中心部分の位置を特定する。そして、制御装置9は、ノンシール部分NC1の中心部分の位置と、ポケットPo1の周縁部分の位置と、の差分からズレ量およびズレ方向を算出する。その後、制御装置9は、ズレ量|d6|が予め設定されたズレ量閾値|d6|th以上であるか否かを判定する(ステップS604)。ここで、制御装置9は、ズレ量|d6|がズレ量閾値|d6|th未満であると判定すると(ステップS604:No)、再びステップS601の処理を実行する。一方、制御装置9は、ズレ量|d6|がズレ量閾値|d6|th以上であると判定すると(ステップS604:Yes)、算出したズレ量およびズレ方向に基づいて、ズレ量が低減するように容器フィルムF2の搬送部141への送り量を調整する(ステップS605)。具体的には、制御装置9は、張力調整部292を制御して、張力調整部292により容器フィルムF2に印加される張力を変更することにより容器フィルムF2の搬送部141への送り量を調整する。ここで、ノンシール部分NC1がポケットPo1に対して上流側へずれている場合、制御装置9は、張力調整部292により容器フィルムF2に印加される張力が上昇するように張力調整部292を制御して、容器フィルムF2の搬送部141への送り量を小さくする。一方、ノンシール部分NC1がポケットPo1に対して下流側へずれている場合、制御装置9は、張力調整部292により容器フィルムF2に印加される張力が低下するように張力調整部292を制御して、容器フィルムF2の搬送部141への送り量を大きくする。 Subsequently, the control device 9 shifts the non-seal portion NC1 with respect to the pocket Po1 along the transport direction of the pack film F64 based on the positions of the peripheral portion of the non-seal portion NC1 and the peripheral portion of the pocket Po1 detected by the edge detection process. The amount and the deviation direction are calculated (step S603). Here, the control device 9 specifies the position of the central portion of the non-seal portion NC1 from the position of the peripheral portion of the non-seal portion NC1 detected by the edge detection process, and the position of the peripheral portion of the pocket Po1 detected by the edge detection process. The position of the central portion of the pocket Po1 is specified from. Then, the control device 9 calculates the deviation amount and the deviation direction from the difference between the position of the central portion of the non-seal portion NC1 and the position of the peripheral portion of the pocket Po1. After that, the control device 9 determines whether or not the deviation amount | d6 | is equal to or greater than the preset deviation amount threshold value | d6 | th (step S604). Here, when the control device 9 determines that the deviation amount | d6 | is less than the deviation amount threshold value | d6 | th (step S604: No), the control device 9 executes the process of step S601 again. On the other hand, when the control device 9 determines that the deviation amount | d6 | is equal to or greater than the deviation amount threshold value | d6 | th (step S604: Yes), the deviation amount is reduced based on the calculated deviation amount and the deviation direction. The feed amount of the container film F2 to the transport section 141 is adjusted (step S605). Specifically, the control device 9 controls the tension adjusting unit 292 and adjusts the feed amount of the container film F2 to the conveying unit 141 by changing the tension applied to the container film F2 by the tension adjusting unit 292. do. Here, when the non-seal portion NC1 is displaced upstream with respect to the pocket Po1, the control device 9 controls the tension adjusting unit 292 so that the tension applied to the container film F2 is increased by the tension adjusting unit 292. Therefore, the feed amount of the container film F2 to the transport section 141 is reduced. On the other hand, when the non-seal portion NC1 is displaced to the downstream side with respect to the pocket Po1, the control device 9 controls the tension adjusting unit 292 so that the tension applied to the container film F2 is reduced by the tension adjusting unit 292. , Increase the feed amount of the container film F2 to the transport section 141.
 或いは、制御装置9は、チャックフィード232を制御して、チャックフィード232による容器フィルムF2の搬送部141への送り量を調整してもよい。この場合、ノンシール部分NC1がポケットPo1に対して上流側へずれている場合、制御装置9は、チャックフィード232による容器フィルムF2の送り量が小さくなるようにチャックフィード232を制御する。一方、ノンシール部分NC1がポケットPo1に対して下流側へずれている場合、制御装置9は、チャックフィード232による容器フィルムF2の送り量を大きくなるようにチャックフィード232を制御する。 Alternatively, the control device 9 may control the chuck feed 232 to adjust the feed amount of the container film F2 by the chuck feed 232 to the transport unit 141. In this case, when the non-seal portion NC1 is displaced upstream with respect to the pocket Po1, the control device 9 controls the chuck feed 232 so that the feed amount of the container film F2 by the chuck feed 232 becomes small. On the other hand, when the non-seal portion NC1 is displaced downstream with respect to the pocket Po1, the control device 9 controls the chuck feed 232 so as to increase the feed amount of the container film F2 by the chuck feed 232.
 なお、制御装置9がパックフィルムF64の搬送方向に沿ったノンシール部分NC1のポケットPo1に対するズレ量並びにズレ方向を算出するために用いる画像は、外観検査装置31から送信される包装パック画像に限定されるものではない。例えばシール装置14よりも下流側の任意の位置にパックフィルムF4を撮像する撮像装置(図示せず)を配設し、制御装置9が、この撮像装置によりパックフィルムF4を撮像して得られるパックフィルム画像を用いて、パックフィルムF64の搬送方向に沿ったノンシール部分NC1のポケットPo1に対するズレ量並びにズレ方向を算出するものであってもよい。 The image used by the control device 9 to calculate the deviation amount and the deviation direction of the non-seal portion NC1 with respect to the pocket Po1 along the transport direction of the pack film F64 is limited to the packaging pack image transmitted from the visual inspection device 31. It's not something. For example, an image pickup device (not shown) for imaging the pack film F4 is arranged at an arbitrary position on the downstream side of the seal device 14, and the control device 9 obtains a pack obtained by imaging the pack film F4 with this image pickup device. The film image may be used to calculate the amount of deviation and the deviation direction of the non-seal portion NC1 with respect to the pocket Po1 along the conveying direction of the pack film F64.
 本構成によれば、特に、パックフィルムF64のカバーフィルムF63が、非透明なシール部分CE1と、透明ないわゆるノンシール部分NC1と、を有するものである場合、パックフィルムF64の搬送方向に沿ったノンシール部分NC1のポケットPo1に対するズレ量を低減できる。従って、パックフィルムF64から打ち抜かれる包装パックBP6の歩留まりを改善することができるので、その分、包装パックBP6の生産効率を高めることができる。 According to this configuration, in particular, when the cover film F63 of the pack film F64 has a non-transparent seal portion CE1 and a transparent so-called non-seal portion NC1, the pack film F64 is non-seal along the transport direction. The amount of deviation of the partial NC1 with respect to the pocket Po1 can be reduced. Therefore, the yield of the packaging pack BP6 punched out from the pack film F64 can be improved, and the production efficiency of the packaging pack BP6 can be increased accordingly.
 実施の形態において、例えば図29Aおよび図29Bに示すように、成型装置7012が、その容器フィルムF2の出口部分に容器フィルムF2の幅方向における両端部を検出する2つのフィルム検出センサ7128A、7128Bを備えるものであってもよい。そして、成型装置7012の上流側に、原料フィルムF1が巻回されその回転軸方向に移動自在なローラ71155と、ローラ71155をその回転軸方向へ駆動するローラ駆動部71156と、を備えるものであってもよい。ここで、フィルム検出センサ7128A、7128Bは、それぞれ、容器フィルムF2の幅方向に並列した複数のレーザダイオードまたはLEDを有する光源71281と、フォトダイオードが容器フィルムF2の幅方向に並列し光源71281から放射される光を受光する受光部71282と、を有する。また、2つのフィルム検出センサ7128A、7128Bは、容器フィルムF2の幅方向において予め設定された距離だけ離間した2箇所それぞれに配設されている。この距離は、例えば容器フィルムF2の幅よりも予め設定された長さだけ長い距離に設定されている。また、フィルム検出センサ7128A、7128Bは、予め設定された基準位置からの容器フィルムF2の端部のはみ出し量、即ち、容器フィルムF2のズレ量を検出する。そして、フィルム検出センサ7128A、7128Bは、それぞれ、容器フィルムF2の端部を検出すると、容器フィルムF2のズレ量が反映されたフィルム検出信号を制御装置9へ送信する。一方、制御装置9は、フィルム検出センサ7128A、7128Bのいずれかからフィルム検出信号が入力されると、フィルム検出信号を送信していないフィルム検出センサ(例えば7128A)からフィルム検出信号を送信したフィルム検出センサ(例えば7128B)に向かう方向を容器フィルムF2のズレ方向として判別するとともに、フィルム検出信号に基づいて容器フィルムF2のズレ量を判別する。ここで、制御装置9は、フィルム検出センサ7128Aからフィルム検出信号が入力されると、容器フィルムF2のズレ方向が+X方向であると判別し、フィルム検出センサ7128Bからフィルム検出信号が入力されると、容器フィルムF2のズレ方向が-X方向であると判別する。 In the embodiment, as shown in FIGS. 29A and 29B, for example, the molding apparatus 7012 attaches two film detection sensors 7128A and 7128B at the outlet portion of the container film F2 to detect both ends of the container film F2 in the width direction. It may be provided. Then, on the upstream side of the molding apparatus 7012, a roller 71155 around which the raw material film F1 is wound and movable in the rotation axis direction thereof and a roller drive unit 71156 for driving the roller 71155 in the rotation axis direction are provided. You may. Here, the film detection sensors 7128A and 7128B each emit a light source 71281 having a plurality of laser diodes or LEDs arranged in parallel in the width direction of the container film F2 and a photodiode radiated from the light source 71281 in parallel in the width direction of the container film F2. It has a light receiving unit 71282 that receives the light to be received. Further, the two film detection sensors 7128A and 7128B are arranged at two locations separated by a preset distance in the width direction of the container film F2. This distance is set to be longer than, for example, the width of the container film F2 by a preset length. Further, the film detection sensors 7128A and 7128B detect the amount of protrusion of the end portion of the container film F2 from the preset reference position, that is, the amount of deviation of the container film F2. Then, when the film detection sensors 7128A and 7128B each detect the end portion of the container film F2, they transmit a film detection signal reflecting the amount of deviation of the container film F2 to the control device 9. On the other hand, when the film detection signal is input from either the film detection sensor 7128A or 7128B, the control device 9 transmits the film detection signal from the film detection sensor (for example, 7128A) that does not transmit the film detection signal. The direction toward the sensor (for example, 7128B) is determined as the deviation direction of the container film F2, and the deviation amount of the container film F2 is determined based on the film detection signal. Here, when the film detection signal is input from the film detection sensor 7128A, the control device 9 determines that the deviation direction of the container film F2 is the + X direction, and when the film detection signal is input from the film detection sensor 7128B. , It is determined that the deviation direction of the container film F2 is the −X direction.
 また、ローラ駆動部71156は、制御装置9から入力される制御信号に基づいて、成型装置7012に搬送される原料フィルムF1が巻回されたローラ71155をその中心軸方向へ駆動することにより、原料フィルムF1の幅方向における原料フィルムF1の成型装置7012に対する相対的な位置を変更する。ここにおいて、制御装置9は、フィルム検知センサ7128A、7128Bから受信したフィルム検出信号に基づいて、容器フィルムF2のズレ方向およびズレ量を判別する。そして、制御装置9は、判別したズレ方向およびズレ量に基づいて、ローラ71155をその中心軸方向に沿って容器フィルムF2のズレ量が低減される方向へ駆動するようローラ駆動部71156を制御する。 Further, the roller drive unit 71156 drives the roller 71155 around which the raw material film F1 conveyed to the molding device 7012 is wound based on the control signal input from the control device 9, thereby driving the raw material in the direction of the central axis thereof. The position of the raw material film F1 in the width direction of the film F1 with respect to the molding apparatus 7012 is changed. Here, the control device 9 determines the deviation direction and the deviation amount of the container film F2 based on the film detection signals received from the film detection sensors 7128A and 7128B. Then, the control device 9 controls the roller drive unit 71156 so as to drive the roller 71155 in the direction in which the deviation amount of the container film F2 is reduced along the central axis direction thereof based on the determined deviation direction and the deviation amount. ..
 本構成によれば、原料フィルムF1のその幅方向への位置ズレに起因した容器フィルムF2におけるポケットPoの位置ズレの発生を抑制できる。 According to this configuration, it is possible to suppress the occurrence of the misalignment of the pocket Po in the container film F2 due to the misalignment of the raw material film F1 in the width direction.
 実施の形態では、気体吐出部55bが、空気源AGから供給される空気を吐出する例について説明したが、吐出する気体は空気に限定されるものではなく、例えば窒素ガスのような他の種類の気体であってもよい。 In the embodiment, an example in which the gas discharge unit 55b discharges the air supplied from the air source AG has been described, but the discharged gas is not limited to air, and other types such as nitrogen gas are used. It may be a gas of.
 本発明は、本発明の広義の精神と範囲を逸脱することなく、様々な実施の形態及び変形が可能とされるものである。また、上述した実施の形態は、この発明を説明するためのものであり、本発明の範囲を限定するものではない。すなわち、本発明の範囲は、実施の形態ではなく、請求の範囲によって示される。そして、請求の範囲内及びそれと同等の発明の意義の範囲内で施される様々な変形が、この発明の範囲内とみなされる。 The present invention enables various embodiments and modifications without departing from the broad spirit and scope of the present invention. Moreover, the above-described embodiment is for explaining the present invention, and does not limit the scope of the present invention. That is, the scope of the present invention is indicated not by the embodiment but by the claims. And various modifications made within the scope of the claims and within the equivalent meaning of the invention are considered to be within the scope of the invention.
 本出願は、2020年5月7日に出願された日本国特許出願特願2020-081672号並びに2020年7月20日に出願された日本国特許出願特願2020-123464号に基づく。本明細書中に日本国特許出願特願2020-081672号の明細書、特許請求の範囲および図面全体並びに日本国特許出願特願2020-123464号の明細書、特許請求の範囲および図面全体を参照として取り込むものとする。 This application is based on Japanese Patent Application No. 2020-081672 filed on May 7, 2020 and Japanese Patent Application Japanese Patent Application No. 2020-123464 filed on July 20, 2020. In the present specification, refer to the specification of Japanese Patent Application No. 2020-081672, the scope of claims and the entire drawing, and the specification of Japanese Patent Application No. 2020-123464, the scope of claims and the entire drawing. It shall be taken in as.
 本発明は、錠剤、医療機器等を包装するためのパックフィルムの製造および複数のパックフィルムの集積に好適である。 The present invention is suitable for manufacturing a pack film for packaging tablets, medical devices, etc. and for accumulating a plurality of pack films.
11:原料フィルム供給ユニット、12,7012:成形装置、13,31:外観検査装置、14:シール装置、15:カバーフィルム供給ユニット、17:スリット形成打ち抜きユニット、26,283:フィルム位置変更部、27:印字装置、29:加熱装置、32:ロータリーサクション、33:パック搬送装置、34,35:束搬送ユニット、39:スクラップ回収部、40:集積装置、41:周回ベルト、41a:移送棚、43,332,333,334,342,343,344,421:プーリ、49:反転ユニット、50:ワーク供給装置、51:ホッパ、53,521:ワークフィーダ、54:コイルシュート、55:固定部材、55a:貫通孔、55b:気体吐出部、55c:空気流路、57,522:振動装置、60:選別装置、70:ステージ、90:制御装置、99:包装器本体、111,112,151:リール、113:フィルム自動接着装置、116:フィルム押さえ機構、117,252,291:張力印加部、118:バッファ部、121:装置本体、122:第2金型、122a:プラグ、123:第1金型、123a,141e:凹部、124,125,172,231c,2321c:駆動部、131,311:撮像部、132,312,1723:筐体、141,1154,1161,1162:搬送部、141a,251a,261a,2811a:ホイール、141b:固定ピン、141c:伝熱部材、141d:支軸、141f:冷媒流路、141g:冷却機構、141h:ホイール駆動部、141k:管体、141m:軸受、141p:保持部、142:押圧部、153,292:張力調整部、154:位置センサ、171:スリット形成装置、173,573:打ち抜き装置、231:固定チャック、231a,271,1173,2321a,2523:支持部、231b,2321b:挟持部、232:チャックフィード、241,242,253,276,277,1151,1152,1153,1154a,1155,1161a,1162a,1163,1164,1165,1171,1181,1182,1183,1184,1185,1441,1521,1522,1523,1531,2521,2821,2911,3291,3292,3293,3294,71155:ローラ、251,261:ガイドローラ、251b,261b,2811b:シャフト、281:搬送部、263:ローラ支持部、264:ガイド駆動部、272:印字ヘッド、273,1712,1732,5732:ダイユニット、275:支持部駆動部、282:フィルム押圧部、293:滑りガイド、293a:湾曲面、321:ドラム、322,4322:チャックユニット、322a,1141a,1142a:チャック、323:ドラム駆動部、331,341:ベルト、335,345,422:プーリ駆動部、341a:軸体、551:リブ、553:側壁、554,2831d:溝、1141,1142:保持機構、1154b,1161b,1162b,2812,71156:ローラ駆動部、1421:伝熱ローラ、1532,2922:パウダクラッチブレーキ、1711,1731:本体部、1713:ヘッド支持部、1714,1734,5734:ヘッド、1714a,1735,5735:打ち抜き用カッタ、1737:スクラップ切断用カッタ、1716,1736a,17322:ガイド棒、1717,1736b:動力伝達アーム、1721:スリット形成装置駆動部、1722:打ち抜き装置駆動部、1732a,1739a,5732b,5732d,5739a,5739d:開口部、1732b:切欠部、1732c:固定孔、1738:ガイドピン、1739:ガイド部材、1739b:溝、1739c:孔、2145:予熱部、2146:温度検出部、2322:チャック移動機構、2811:フィルム送りローラ、2811c:凹部、2831:フィルムガイド、2931a:ガイド本体、2831b:補助板、2831c:支持部材、2832:ガイド駆動部、2901,2902:伝熱板、2903,2904:駆動ユニット、3027:レーザマーキング装置、4321:ステージ本体、4322b:排気管、4331:ヘッド支持部、4331a,4333a:管、4331b:窓、4332:吸着パッド、4333:吸着ヘッド、5737:パックフィルム切断用カッタ、7128A、7128B:フィルム検出センサ、17321,17341:ベース、17323:ストッパ、17342:ガイド棒保持部、A141:領域、AG:空気源、BP:包装パック、F1:原料フィルム、F2:容器フィルム、F3:カバーフィルム、F4:パックフィルム、F5:スクラップ、Po1:ポケット、Pos0:待機位置、Pos1:第1位置、Pos2:第2位置、Pos51:第3位置、Pos52:第4位置、Pos60:移載位置、Pos61:引渡し位置、Pos62:排出位置 11: Raw material film supply unit, 12,7012: Molding device, 13,31: Visual inspection device, 14: Sealing device, 15: Cover film supply unit, 17: Slit forming punching unit, 26,283: Film position changing part, 27: Printing device, 29: Heating device, 32: Rotary suction, 33: Pack transfer device, 34, 35: Bundle transfer unit, 39: Scrap collection unit, 40: Accumulation device, 41: Circular belt, 41a: Transfer shelf, 43,332,333,334,342,343,344,421: Pulley, 49: Reversing unit, 50: Work supply device, 51: Hopper, 53,521: Work feeder, 54: Coil chute, 55: Fixing member, 55a: Through hole, 55b: Gas discharge part, 55c: Air flow path, 57,522: Vibration device, 60: Sorting device, 70: Stage, 90: Control device, 99: Packaging device body, 111,112,1511: Reel, 113: Automatic film bonding device, 116: Film holding mechanism, 117,252,291: Tension application part, 118: Buffer part, 121: Device body, 122: Second mold, 122a: Plug, 123: First Mold, 123a, 141e: Recessed, 124, 125, 172, 231c, 2321c: Drive unit, 131, 311: Imaging unit, 132, 312, 1723: Housing, 141, 1154, 1161, 1162: Conveying unit, 141a , 251a, 261a, 2811a: Wheel, 141b: Fixing pin, 141c: Heat transfer member, 141d: Support shaft, 141f: Refrigerator flow path, 141g: Cooling mechanism, 141h: Wheel drive unit, 141k: Tube body, 141m: Bearing , 141p: Holding part, 142: Pressing part, 153, 292: Tension adjusting part, 154: Position sensor, 171: Slit forming device, 173, 573: Punching device, 231: Fixed chuck, 231a, 271, 117, 2321a, 2523: Support part, 231b, 2321b: Holding part, 232: Chuck feed, 241,242, 253, 276, 277, 1151, 1152, 1153, 1154a, 1155, 1161a, 1162a, 1163, 1164, 1165, 1171, 1181 , 1182,1183,1184,1185,1441,1521,1522,1523,1531,2521,821,291,3291,3292,3293,3294,71155: Roller, 251,261: Guide roller, 251b, 261 b, 2811b: Shaft, 281: Conveying part, 263: Roller support part, 264: Guide drive part, 272: Print head, 273, 1712, 1732, 5732: Die unit, 275: Support part drive part, 282: Film pressing 293: Sliding guide, 293a: Curved surface, 321: Drum, 322, 4322: Chuck unit, 322a, 1141a, 1142a: Chuck, 323: Drum drive unit, 331, 341: Belt, 335, 345, 422: Pulley Drive unit, 341a: Shaft body, 551: Rib, 535: Side wall, 554, 2831d: Groove, 1141, 1142: Holding mechanism, 1154b, 1161b, 1162b, 2812, 71156: Roller drive unit, 1421: Heat transfer roller, 1532 , 2922: Powder Clutch Brake, 1711, 1731: Main Body, 1713: Head Support, 1714, 1734, 5734: Head, 1714a, 1735, 5735: Punching Cutter, 1737: Scrap Cutting Cutter, 1716, 1736a, 17322 : Guide rod, 1717, 1736b: Power transmission arm, 1721: Slit forming device drive unit, 1722: Punching device drive unit, 1732a, 1739a, 5732b, 5732d, 5739a, 5739d: Opening, 1732b: Notch, 1732c: Fixed Hole, 1738: Guide pin, 1739: Guide member, 1739b: Groove, 1739c: Hole, 2145: Preheating part, 2146: Temperature detection part, 2322: Chuck moving mechanism, 2811: Film feed roller, 2811c: Recess, 2831: Film Guide, 2931a: Guide body, 2831b: Auxiliary plate, 2831c: Support member, 2832: Guide drive unit, 2901,902: Heat transfer plate, 2903, 2904: Drive unit, 3027: Laser marking device, 4321: Stage body, 4322b : Exhaust pipe, 4331: Head support, 4331a, 4333a: Pipe, 4331b: Window, 4332: Suction pad, 4333: Suction head, 5737: Pack film cutting cutter, 7128A, 7128B: Film detection sensor, 17321, 173411: Base, 17323: Stopper, 17342: Guide rod holder, A141: Area, AG: Air source, BP: Packaging pack, F1: Raw material film, F2: Container film, F3: Cover film, F4: Pack film, F5: Scrap , Po1: Pocket, Pos0: Wait Machine position, Pos1: 1st position, Pos2: 2nd position, Pos51: 3rd position, Pos52: 4th position, Pos60: Transfer position, Pos61: Delivery position, Pos62: Discharge position

Claims (11)

  1.  ワークを収容するためのポケットが形成された容器フィルムと、前記ポケットを塞ぐように前記容器フィルムに貼着されるカバーフィルムと、を有する包装パックを製造するための包装機であって、
     前記容器フィルムの元となる帯状の原料フィルムを供給する原料フィルム供給ユニットと、
     前記原料フィルム供給ユニットから供給される前記原料フィルムに前記ポケットを成形することにより帯状の前記容器フィルムを生成する成形装置と、
     前記ポケットへワークを供給するワーク供給装置と、
     帯状の前記カバーフィルムを供給するカバーフィルム供給ユニットと、
     前記容器フィルムの前記ポケットにワークが収容された状態で、前記容器フィルムに前記カバーフィルムを貼着することにより前記ポケットが前記カバーフィルムでシールされたパックフィルムを生成するシール装置と、
     前記パックフィルムから前記包装パックを打ち抜く打ち抜き装置と、を備え、
     前記打ち抜き装置は、
     ベースと、前記ベースにおける前記パックフィルムが配置される側に立設され前記パックフィルムから前記包装パックを打ち抜くための打ち抜き用カッタと、前記パックフィルムにおける前記打ち抜き用カッタが対向する部分よりも下流側に対向して配置され、前記パックフィルムから前記包装パックが打ち抜かれることにより生成されるスクラップを切断するためのスクラップ切断用カッタと、を有するヘッドを有し、前記スクラップ切断用カッタの先端部は、前記打ち抜き用カッタの先端部よりも前記ベース側とは反対側へ延出しており、
     前記パックフィルムにおける前記打ち抜き用カッタに対向する部分が良品である場合、前記ヘッドを、前記打ち抜き用カッタおよび前記スクラップ切断用カッタが前記パックフィルムに接触しない待機位置から前記打ち抜き用カッタの先端部および前記スクラップ切断用カッタの先端部が前記パックフィルムにおける前記ベース側とは反対側に位置する第1位置まで移動させることにより、前記パックフィルムから前記包装パックを打ち抜くとともに前記スクラップを切断し、
     前記パックフィルムにおける前記打ち抜き用カッタに対向する部分が不良品である場合、前記ヘッドを、前記待機位置から前記打ち抜き用カッタの先端部が前記パックフィルムに接触せず且つ前記スクラップ切断用カッタの先端部が前記パックフィルムにおける前記ベース側とは反対側に位置する第2位置まで移動させることにより、前記スクラップを切断する、
     包装機。
    A packaging machine for manufacturing a packaging pack having a container film in which a pocket for accommodating a work is formed and a cover film attached to the container film so as to close the pocket.
    A raw material film supply unit that supplies a strip-shaped raw material film that is the basis of the container film, and
    A molding apparatus that produces a strip-shaped container film by molding the pocket on the raw material film supplied from the raw material film supply unit.
    A work supply device that supplies work to the pocket and
    A cover film supply unit that supplies the strip-shaped cover film, and
    A sealing device for producing a pack film in which the pocket is sealed with the cover film by attaching the cover film to the container film while the work is housed in the pocket of the container film.
    A punching device for punching the packaging pack from the pack film is provided.
    The punching device is
    The base and the punching cutter for punching the packaging pack from the pack film, which is erected on the side where the pack film is arranged in the base, and the portion downstream of the portion of the pack film where the punching cutter faces each other. It has a head having a scrap cutting cutter for cutting scrap generated by punching the packaging pack from the pack film, and a tip portion of the scrap cutting cutter. , It extends from the tip of the punching cutter to the side opposite to the base side.
    When the portion of the pack film facing the punching cutter is a non-defective product, the head is moved from the standby position where the punching cutter and the scrap cutting cutter do not come into contact with the pack film to the tip of the punching cutter and the tip of the punching cutter. By moving the tip of the scrap cutting cutter to a first position on the pack film opposite to the base side, the packaging pack is punched from the pack film and the scrap is cut.
    When the portion of the pack film facing the punching cutter is defective, the tip of the punching cutter does not come into contact with the pack film from the standby position, and the tip of the scrap cutting cutter is placed. The scrap is cut by moving the portion to a second position on the pack film opposite to the base side.
    Packaging machine.
  2.  ワークを収容するためのポケットが形成された容器フィルムと、前記ポケットを塞ぐように前記容器フィルムに貼着されるカバーフィルムと、を有する包装パックを製造するための包装機であって、
     前記容器フィルムの元となる帯状の原料フィルムを供給する原料フィルム供給ユニットと、
     前記原料フィルム供給ユニットから供給される前記原料フィルムに前記ポケットを成形することにより帯状の前記容器フィルムを生成する成形装置と、
     前記ポケットへワークを供給するワーク供給装置と、
     帯状の前記カバーフィルムを供給するカバーフィルム供給ユニットと、
     前記容器フィルムの前記ポケットにワークが収容された状態で、前記容器フィルムに前記カバーフィルムを貼着することにより前記ポケットが前記カバーフィルムでシールされたパックフィルムを生成するシール装置と、
     前記パックフィルムから前記包装パックを打ち抜く打ち抜き装置と、を備え、
     前記打ち抜き装置は、
     ベースと、前記ベースにおける前記パックフィルムが配置される側に立設され前記パックフィルムから前記パックフィルムにおける前記包装パックに対応する部分以外のスクラップを打ち抜くための打ち抜き用カッタと、前記パックフィルムにおける前記打ち抜き用カッタが対向する部分よりも下流側に対向して配置され、前記スクラップが打ち抜かれた後の前記パックフィルムを切断することにより前記パックフィルムから前記包装パックを切り出すためのパックフィルム切断用カッタと、を有するヘッドを有し、前記打ち抜き用カッタの先端部は、前記パックフィルム切断用カッタの先端部よりも前記ベース側とは反対側へ延出しており、
     前記スクラップのみを打ち抜く場合、前記ヘッドを、前記打ち抜き用カッタおよび前記パックフィルム切断用カッタが前記パックフィルムに接触しない待機位置から前記パックフィルム切断用カッタの先端部が前記パックフィルムに接触せず且つ前記打ち抜き用カッタの先端部が前記パックフィルムにおける前記ベース側とは反対側に位置する第3位置まで移動させることにより、前記スクラップを打ち抜き、
     前記スクラップを打ち抜くとともに前記パックフィルムから前記包装パックを切り出す場合、前記ヘッドを、前記待機位置から前記打ち抜き用カッタの先端部および前記パックフィルム切断用カッタの先端部が前記パックフィルムにおける前記ベース側とは反対側に位置する第4位置まで移動させることにより、前記スクラップを打ち抜くとともに前記パックフィルムから前記包装パックを切り出す、
     包装機。
    A packaging machine for manufacturing a packaging pack having a container film in which a pocket for accommodating a work is formed and a cover film attached to the container film so as to close the pocket.
    A raw material film supply unit that supplies a strip-shaped raw material film that is the basis of the container film, and
    A molding apparatus that produces a strip-shaped container film by molding the pocket on the raw material film supplied from the raw material film supply unit.
    A work supply device that supplies work to the pocket and
    A cover film supply unit that supplies the strip-shaped cover film, and
    A sealing device for producing a pack film in which the pocket is sealed with the cover film by attaching the cover film to the container film while the work is housed in the pocket of the container film.
    A punching device for punching the packaging pack from the pack film is provided.
    The punching device is
    A base, a punching cutter standing on the side of the base on which the pack film is arranged, and punching scraps from the pack film other than the portion corresponding to the packaging pack in the pack film, and the punching cutter in the pack film. A pack film cutting cutter for cutting out the packaging pack from the pack film by cutting the pack film after the scrap has been punched out, and the punching cutter is arranged so as to face the downstream side of the facing portion. The tip of the punching cutter extends from the tip of the pack film cutting cutter to the side opposite to the base side.
    When punching only the scrap, the tip of the pack film cutting cutter does not come into contact with the pack film from a standby position where the punching cutter and the pack film cutting cutter do not come into contact with the pack film. By moving the tip of the punching cutter to a third position on the pack film opposite to the base side, the scrap is punched.
    When the scrap is punched and the packaging pack is cut out from the pack film, the head is positioned so that the tip of the punching cutter and the tip of the pack film cutting cutter are on the base side of the pack film from the standby position. By moving it to the fourth position located on the opposite side, the scrap is punched out and the packaging pack is cut out from the pack film.
    Packaging machine.
  3.  ワークを収容するためのポケットが形成された容器フィルムと、前記ポケットを塞ぐように前記容器フィルムに貼着されるカバーフィルムと、を有する包装パックを製造するための包装機であって、
     前記容器フィルムの元となる帯状の原料フィルムを供給する原料フィルム供給ユニットと、
     前記原料フィルム供給ユニットから供給される前記原料フィルムに前記ポケットを成形することにより帯状の前記容器フィルムを生成する成形装置と、
     前記ポケットへワークを供給するワーク供給装置と、
     帯状の前記カバーフィルムを供給するカバーフィルム供給ユニットと、
     前記容器フィルムの前記ポケットにワークが収容された状態で、前記容器フィルムに前記カバーフィルムを貼着することにより前記ポケットが前記カバーフィルムでシールされたパックフィルムを生成するシール装置と、を備え、
     前記ワーク供給装置は、
     有底筒状であり底壁が鉛直下方側に位置する姿勢で配置された状態で内側に前記ワークを保持するとともに、前記底壁の少なくとも一部に開口部が穿設されたワークフィーダと、
     長尺筒状であり一端部が前記ワークフィーダの内側に連通するとともに他端部が前記ポケットから予め設定された距離だけ離間した位置に配置され、前記ワークフィーダの内側に保持された前記ワークを前記ポケットへ案内するコイルシュートと、
     前記開口部に固定され前記コイルシュートの一端部が前記ワークフィーダの内側に連通する形で前記コイルシュートを支持する固定部材と、
     前記ワークフィーダの内側に保持された前記ワークを前記コイルシュートの内側へ向かう方向へ付勢する形で前記ワークへ気体を吹き付ける気体吐出部と、を有する、
     包装機。
    A packaging machine for manufacturing a packaging pack having a container film in which a pocket for accommodating a work is formed and a cover film attached to the container film so as to close the pocket.
    A raw material film supply unit that supplies a strip-shaped raw material film that is the basis of the container film, and
    A molding apparatus that produces a strip-shaped container film by molding the pocket on the raw material film supplied from the raw material film supply unit.
    A work supply device that supplies work to the pocket and
    A cover film supply unit that supplies the strip-shaped cover film, and
    A sealing device for producing a pack film in which the pocket is sealed with the cover film by attaching the cover film to the container film while the work is housed in the pocket of the container film is provided.
    The work supply device is
    A work feeder that holds the work inside in a state of having a bottomed cylinder and the bottom wall is arranged vertically downward, and has an opening formed in at least a part of the bottom wall.
    The work, which has a long cylindrical shape and has one end communicating with the inside of the work feeder and the other end arranged at a position separated from the pocket by a preset distance, is held inside the work feeder. A coil chute that guides to the pocket and
    A fixing member fixed to the opening and one end of the coil chute communicating with the inside of the work feeder to support the coil chute.
    It has a gas discharge portion that blows gas onto the work in a form of urging the work held inside the work feeder toward the inside of the coil chute.
    Packaging machine.
  4.  ワークを収容するためのポケットが形成された容器フィルムと、前記ポケットを塞ぐように前記容器フィルムに貼着されるカバーフィルムと、を有する包装パックを製造するための包装機であって、
     前記容器フィルムの元となる帯状の原料フィルムを供給する原料フィルム供給ユニットと、
     前記原料フィルム供給ユニットから供給される前記原料フィルムに前記ポケットを成形することにより帯状の前記容器フィルムを生成する成形装置と、
     前記ポケットへワークを供給するワーク供給装置と、
     帯状の前記カバーフィルムを供給するカバーフィルム供給ユニットと、
     前記容器フィルムの前記ポケットにワークが収容された状態で、前記容器フィルムに前記カバーフィルムを貼着することにより前記ポケットが前記カバーフィルムでシールされたパックフィルムを生成するシール装置と、を備え、
     前記シール装置は、
     前記容器フィルムおよび前記カバーフィルムを連続的に下流側へ搬送する第1搬送部と、
     前記カバーフィルムを加熱しつつ前記容器フィルムに前記カバーフィルムを押し付けることにより前記カバーフィルムを前記容器フィルムに貼着する押圧部と、を有し、
     前記第1搬送部は、
     前記容器フィルムを支持する円筒状のホイールと、
     前記ホイールの内側に配置され周部が前記ホイールの内壁に固定された伝熱部材と、
     柱状であり先端部に固定部材により着脱自在に固定された前記伝熱部材を介して前記ホイールを軸支する支軸と、
     前記支軸を冷却する冷却機構と、を有する、
     包装機。
    A packaging machine for manufacturing a packaging pack having a container film in which a pocket for accommodating a work is formed and a cover film attached to the container film so as to close the pocket.
    A raw material film supply unit that supplies a strip-shaped raw material film that is the basis of the container film, and
    A molding apparatus that produces a strip-shaped container film by molding the pocket on the raw material film supplied from the raw material film supply unit.
    A work supply device that supplies work to the pocket and
    A cover film supply unit that supplies the strip-shaped cover film, and
    A sealing device for producing a pack film in which the pocket is sealed with the cover film by attaching the cover film to the container film while the work is housed in the pocket of the container film is provided.
    The sealing device is
    A first transport unit that continuously transports the container film and the cover film to the downstream side, and
    It has a pressing portion for attaching the cover film to the container film by pressing the cover film against the container film while heating the cover film.
    The first transport unit is
    A cylindrical wheel that supports the container film and
    A heat transfer member arranged inside the wheel and having a peripheral portion fixed to the inner wall of the wheel.
    A support shaft that is columnar and pivotally supports the wheel via the heat transfer member that is detachably fixed to the tip by a fixing member.
    It has a cooling mechanism for cooling the support shaft.
    Packaging machine.
  5.  ワークを収容するためのポケットが形成された容器フィルムと、前記ポケットを塞ぐように前記容器フィルムに貼着されるカバーフィルムと、を有する包装パックを製造するための包装機であって、
     前記容器フィルムの元となる帯状の原料フィルムを供給する原料フィルム供給ユニットと、
     前記原料フィルム供給ユニットから供給される前記原料フィルムに前記ポケットを成形することにより帯状の前記容器フィルムを生成する成形装置と、
     前記ポケットへワークを供給するワーク供給装置と、
     帯状の前記カバーフィルムを供給するカバーフィルム供給ユニットと、
     前記容器フィルムの前記ポケットにワークが収容された状態で、前記容器フィルムに前記カバーフィルムを貼着することにより前記ポケットが前記カバーフィルムでシールされたパックフィルムを生成するシール装置と、
     前記パックフィルムから前記包装パックを打ち抜く打ち抜き装置と、
     前記打ち抜き装置により打ち抜かれた前記包装パックの外観を検査する外観検査装置と、
     前記包装パックを搬送するパック搬送装置と、を備え、
     前記パック搬送装置は、
     前記包装パックを保持するチャックユニットと、
     前記チャックユニットを、少なくとも、前記包装パックを前記打ち抜き装置から受け取るための受け取り位置と、前記外観検査装置により前記チャックユニットに保持された前記包装パックを撮像するための撮像位置と、前記チャックユニットに保持された前記包装パックを、前記包装パックを搬送する他のパック搬送装置へ移載するための移載位置と、のいずれかに配置するチャックユニット駆動部と、を有し、
     前記撮像位置と前記移載位置とが、鉛直方向に並んでいる、
     包装機。
    A packaging machine for manufacturing a packaging pack having a container film in which a pocket for accommodating a work is formed and a cover film attached to the container film so as to close the pocket.
    A raw material film supply unit that supplies a strip-shaped raw material film that is the basis of the container film, and
    A molding apparatus that produces a strip-shaped container film by molding the pocket on the raw material film supplied from the raw material film supply unit.
    A work supply device that supplies work to the pocket and
    A cover film supply unit that supplies the strip-shaped cover film, and
    A sealing device for producing a pack film in which the pocket is sealed with the cover film by attaching the cover film to the container film while the work is housed in the pocket of the container film.
    A punching device for punching the packaging pack from the pack film,
    An visual inspection device for inspecting the appearance of the packaging pack punched by the punching device, and an visual inspection device for inspecting the appearance of the packaging pack.
    A pack transport device for transporting the packaging pack is provided.
    The pack transfer device is
    A chuck unit that holds the packaging pack and
    The chuck unit has at least a receiving position for receiving the packaging pack from the punching device, an imaging position for imaging the packaging pack held in the chuck unit by the visual inspection device, and the chuck unit. It has a transfer position for transferring the held package pack to another pack transfer device that conveys the package pack, and a chuck unit drive unit that is arranged at any of the transfer positions.
    The imaging position and the transfer position are aligned in the vertical direction.
    Packaging machine.
  6.  前記パックフィルムが巻回されるフィルム送りローラを有し、前記フィルム送りローラを予め設定された回転角度ずつ間欠的に回転させることにより、前記パックフィルムを間欠的に送り出す第2搬送部と、
     前記第2搬送部により間欠的に搬送される前記パックフィルムが停止したときに前記パックフィルムから前記包装パックを打ち抜く打ち抜き装置と、
     前記第2搬送部の下流側に配置され前記パックフィルムを案内するフィルムガイドを有し、前記フィルムガイドの前記パックフィルムの幅方向における位置を変更することにより、前記打ち抜き装置における前記パックフィルムの幅方向における位置を変更する第1フィルム位置変更部と、を更に備える、
     請求項1から5のいずれか1項に記載の包装機。
    A second transport unit that has a film feed roller around which the pack film is wound, and intermittently rotates the film feed roller by a preset rotation angle to intermittently feed the pack film.
    A punching device for punching the packaging pack from the pack film when the pack film intermittently transported by the second transport unit is stopped.
    The width of the pack film in the punching device is provided by having a film guide arranged on the downstream side of the second transport portion and guiding the pack film, and by changing the position of the film guide in the width direction of the pack film. A first film position changing portion for changing the position in the direction is further provided.
    The packaging machine according to any one of claims 1 to 5.
  7.  前記第2搬送部により間欠的に搬送される前記パックフィルムが停止したときに前記パックフィルムにスリットを形成するスリット形成装置と、
     前記スリット形成装置に送られる前記パックフィルムを案内する第1ガイドローラを有し、前記第1ガイドローラを前記パックフィルムの搬送方向または前記パックフィルムの幅方向へ移動させることにより、前記スリット形成装置における前記パックフィルムの位置を変更する第2フィルム位置変更部と、を更に備える、
     請求項6に記載の包装機。
    A slit forming device that forms a slit in the pack film when the pack film intermittently conveyed by the second transport unit is stopped.
    The slit forming apparatus has a first guide roller for guiding the pack film sent to the slit forming apparatus, and by moving the first guide roller in the transport direction of the pack film or the width direction of the pack film. A second film position changing portion for changing the position of the pack film in the above is further provided.
    The packaging machine according to claim 6.
  8.  前記シール装置は、
     前記容器フィルムおよび前記カバーフィルムを連続的に下流側へ搬送する第1搬送部と、
     前記カバーフィルムを加熱しつつ前記容器フィルムに前記カバーフィルムを押し付けることにより前記カバーフィルムを前記容器フィルムに貼着する押圧部と、
     前記カバーフィルムが前記第1搬送部に搬送される直前で予め前記カバーフィルムを加熱する予熱部と、を有する、
     請求項1から7のいずれか1項に記載の包装機。
    The sealing device is
    A first transport unit that continuously transports the container film and the cover film to the downstream side, and
    A pressing portion that attaches the cover film to the container film by pressing the cover film against the container film while heating the cover film.
    It has a preheating unit that preheats the cover film immediately before the cover film is transported to the first transport unit.
    The packaging machine according to any one of claims 1 to 7.
  9.  前記カバーフィルムに設けられたマークの前記カバーフィルムの搬送方向における予め設定された基準位置からの位置ずれ量を検出する位置センサと、
     前記位置センサにより検出される前記位置ずれ量に基づいて、前記シール装置へ搬送される前記カバーフィルムに加わる張力を調整する張力調整部と、を更に備える、
     請求項1から8のいずれか1項に記載の包装機。
    A position sensor that detects the amount of displacement of the mark provided on the cover film from a preset reference position in the transport direction of the cover film, and
    A tension adjusting unit for adjusting the tension applied to the cover film conveyed to the sealing device based on the amount of misalignment detected by the position sensor is further provided.
    The packaging machine according to any one of claims 1 to 8.
  10.  前記包装パックを撮像する撮像部と、
     前記容器フィルムに加わる張力を調整する張力調整部と、
     前記容器フィルムを間欠的に搬送するチャックフィードと、
     前記撮像部により前記包装パックを撮像して得られ得る画像情報に基づいて、前記容器フィルムの搬送方向における、前記カバーフィルムの前記容器フィルムに対するズレ量およびズレ方向を算出し、算出した前記ズレ量および前記ズレ方向に基づいて、前記ズレ量が低減するように、前記容器フィルムに加わる張力を変更するように前記張力調整部を制御することと、前記チャックフィードによる前記容器フィルムの送り量を変更するように前記チャックフィードを制御することとの少なくとも一方を実行する制御部と、を更に備える、
     請求項1から9のいずれか1項に記載の包装機。
    An imaging unit that images the packaging pack,
    A tension adjusting unit that adjusts the tension applied to the container film,
    A chuck feed that intermittently conveys the container film and
    Based on the image information obtained by imaging the packaging pack by the imaging unit, the deviation amount and the deviation direction of the cover film with respect to the container film in the transport direction of the container film are calculated, and the calculated deviation amount is calculated. And, based on the deviation direction, the tension adjusting unit is controlled so as to change the tension applied to the container film so that the deviation amount is reduced, and the feed amount of the container film by the chuck feed is changed. A control unit that executes at least one of controlling the chuck feed so as to perform the chuck feed is further provided.
    The packaging machine according to any one of claims 1 to 9.
  11.  前記成型装置における前記容器フィルムの出口部分において前記容器フィルムの幅方向における両端部のいずれか一方を検出する2つのフィルム検出センサと、
     前記成型装置の上流側に配設され前記原料フィルムが巻回されその回転軸方向に移動自在なローラと、
     前記ローラを前記ローラの回転軸方向へ駆動するローラ駆動部と、
     前記2つのフィルム検出センサのいずれか一方から送信される前記容器フィルムのズレ量が反映されたフィルム検出信号に基づいて、前記容器フィルムのズレ方向および前記ズレ量を判別し、前記ズレ方向および前記ズレ量に基づいて、前記ローラを前記ローラの回転軸方向に沿って前記容器フィルムの前記ズレ量が低減される方向へ駆動するよう前記ローラ駆動部を制御する制御部と、を更に備える、
     請求項1から10のいずれか1項に記載の包装機。
    Two film detection sensors that detect one of both ends in the width direction of the container film at the outlet portion of the container film in the molding apparatus.
    A roller arranged on the upstream side of the molding apparatus, around which the raw material film is wound and movable in the direction of its rotation axis,
    A roller drive unit that drives the roller in the direction of the rotation axis of the roller,
    Based on the film detection signal that reflects the amount of deviation of the container film transmitted from either of the two film detection sensors, the direction of deviation of the container film and the amount of deviation are determined, and the direction of deviation and the amount of deviation are determined. A control unit that controls the roller driving unit so as to drive the roller in a direction in which the displacement amount of the container film is reduced along the rotation axis direction of the roller based on the displacement amount is further provided.
    The packaging machine according to any one of claims 1 to 10.
PCT/JP2021/017157 2020-05-07 2021-04-30 Packaging machine WO2021225112A1 (en)

Priority Applications (1)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP2021553848A JP7011105B1 (en) 2020-05-07 2021-04-30 Packaging machine

Applications Claiming Priority (4)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP2020-081672 2020-05-07
JP2020081672 2020-05-07
JP2020123464 2020-07-20
JP2020-123464 2020-07-20

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2021225112A1 true WO2021225112A1 (en) 2021-11-11

Family

ID=78468701

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/JP2021/017157 WO2021225112A1 (en) 2020-05-07 2021-04-30 Packaging machine

Country Status (2)

Country Link
JP (1) JP7011105B1 (en)
WO (1) WO2021225112A1 (en)

Cited By (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
EP4261142A4 (en) * 2022-02-28 2024-05-15 Zhejiang Hoping Machinery Co Ltd High-speed bubble cap boxing integrated machine

Citations (3)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP2007534570A (en) * 2004-04-29 2007-11-29 アイ エム エイ インダストリア マシーン オートマティック エス ピー エイ Blister pack manufacturing method and apparatus by cutting blister band
JP2016078891A (en) * 2014-10-16 2016-05-16 マルホ発條工業株式会社 Tablet packing device
JP2018087745A (en) * 2016-11-29 2018-06-07 Ckd株式会社 Inspection device and ptp packing machine

Patent Citations (3)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP2007534570A (en) * 2004-04-29 2007-11-29 アイ エム エイ インダストリア マシーン オートマティック エス ピー エイ Blister pack manufacturing method and apparatus by cutting blister band
JP2016078891A (en) * 2014-10-16 2016-05-16 マルホ発條工業株式会社 Tablet packing device
JP2018087745A (en) * 2016-11-29 2018-06-07 Ckd株式会社 Inspection device and ptp packing machine

Cited By (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
EP4261142A4 (en) * 2022-02-28 2024-05-15 Zhejiang Hoping Machinery Co Ltd High-speed bubble cap boxing integrated machine

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
JPWO2021225112A1 (en) 2021-11-11
JP7011105B1 (en) 2022-01-26

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
JP6953651B2 (en) Packaging machine
JP5173341B2 (en) Defective product removal device for box making machine and box making machine
US7302787B2 (en) Defect detection device and bag packaging system equipped with defect detection device
WO2003055749A1 (en) Filler
WO2021225112A1 (en) Packaging machine
JP2007533481A (en) Tread pasting device
EP3110696B1 (en) Device and method for producing portion packets of a smokeless tobacco product or non-tobacco snuff product
US6576390B1 (en) Method of and apparatus for manufacturing instant photographic film units
WO2001004005A1 (en) Filling machine
JP2024023791A (en) Bag packaging machine
CN111003275B (en) Bag making and packaging machine
JP3604041B2 (en) Lid member mounting method and device
JP5229659B2 (en) Sheet feeding apparatus and sheet packaging machine using the same
JP4582586B2 (en) PTP sheet manufacturing apparatus and system
JP2019014510A (en) Taping device
CN111453027A (en) Industrial film sealing and packaging device
JP7253931B2 (en) packing machine
JP2011251740A (en) Sachet feeder
JP2022031030A (en) Collection device
CN111003276A (en) Bag making and packaging machine
JP6998344B2 (en) Visual inspection equipment, packaging sheet manufacturing equipment, and visual inspection method
CN108772631A (en) A kind of laser carving and carrier band packaging integrated machine
JP2014024556A (en) Continuous packing discharge control method in bag-making filling packing and bag-making filling packing machine for executing continuous packing discharge control
JP2005153929A (en) Continuous package transfer method, continuous package transfer mechanism, and continuous package cutting apparatus
JP2002002604A (en) Filling machine

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref document number: 2021553848

Country of ref document: JP

Kind code of ref document: A

121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 21799624

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

122 Ep: pct application non-entry in european phase

Ref document number: 21799624

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1